2013 Global Course Catalog - National Oilwell Varco
2013 Global Course Catalog - National Oilwell Varco
2013 Global Course Catalog - National Oilwell Varco
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
GLOBAL COURSE CATALOG<br />
JANUARY ‐ DECEMBER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Release 4 ‐ 13March<strong>2013</strong>
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 2
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />
TRAINING FACILITIES .................................................................................................................................................. 7<br />
HOUSTON, TEXAS - USA ............................................................................................................................... 7<br />
CEDAR PARK, TEXAS - USA ......................................................................................................................... 7<br />
MACAÉ, BRAZIL ............................................................................................................................................. 7<br />
KRISTIANSAND, NORWAY ............................................................................................................................ 7<br />
STAVANGER, NORWAY ................................................................................................................................. 7<br />
MOLDE, NORWAY .......................................................................................................................................... 7<br />
SINGAPORE, SOUTHEAST ASIA .................................................................................................................. 7<br />
MONTROSE, UNITED KINGDOM (UK) .......................................................................................................... 8<br />
ABERDEEN, UNITED KINGDOM (UK) ........................................................................................................... 8<br />
DUBAI, JEBEL ALI .......................................................................................................................................... 8<br />
KOREA ............................................................................................................................................................ 8<br />
TRAINING OVERVIEW .................................................................................................................................................. 9<br />
PRODUCT LINE TRAINING ............................................................................................................................ 9<br />
RIG SPECIFIC TRAINING ............................................................................................................................... 9<br />
AMPHION AND CYBERBASE SIMULATORS ................................................................................................ 9<br />
RIG CONSULTANTS ....................................................................................................................................... 9<br />
OFFSHORE/ONSITE INSTRUCTION ............................................................................................................. 9<br />
MOBILE TRAINING SOLUTIONS (USA ONLY) ............................................................................................ 10<br />
GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................................... 11<br />
CLASSROOM TIMES .................................................................................................................................... 11<br />
PAYMENT OPTIONS .................................................................................................................................... 11<br />
ENROLLMENT .............................................................................................................................................. 11<br />
CANCELLATION POLICY ............................................................................................................................. 11<br />
ATTIRE .......................................................................................................................................................... 11<br />
AC DRIVE FUNDAMENTALS AND MAINTENANCE COURSE (ABB) ........................................................................ 15<br />
AC DRIVE FUNDAMENTALS AND MAINTENANCE COURSE (SIEMENS) ............................................................... 16<br />
AMPHION CONTROLS OPERATORS COURSE ........................................................................................................ 17<br />
AMPHION MAINTENANCE COURSE FOR RIG ELECTRICIAN AND E.T. ................................................................ 18<br />
BAYLOR BRAKE FUNDAMENTALS, MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................. 20<br />
BLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS) ............................................................................................................................ 21<br />
BX ELEVATOR - MECHANICAL .................................................................................................................................. 22<br />
BX ELEVATOR, PS-21/30, AND RST MECHANICAL- BJ OIL TOOLS ....................................................................... 23<br />
CRT 350 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING COURSE .............................................................................. 24<br />
CYBERBASE OPERATIONS COURSE ...................................................................................................................... 25<br />
DATA ACQUISITION (DAQ) SYSTEM AND RIGSENSE TM , M/D TOTCO MAINTENANCE COURSE ........................ 26<br />
DAQ SYSTEM 4 AND RIGSENSE TM 2 MAINTENANCE COURSE ............................................................................. 27<br />
DAQ SYSTEM 5 AND RIGSENSE TM 3 MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................. 28<br />
DC-VI DIGITAL CONTROL MODULE FUNDAMENTALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING COURSE - ROSS HILL ........ 29<br />
DRAWWORKS - 1625 UDBE....................................................................................................................................... 30<br />
DRAWWORKS - 1625, 1320, 110, 80 & 55 WITH UNIVERSAL DISC BRAKE ........................................................... 31<br />
DRAWWORKS - ADS 10/20/30 MAINTENANCE ........................................................................................................ 32<br />
DRAWWORKS-ADS10Q WITH WATER-COOLED BRAKES MECHAINCAL MAINTENANCE COURSE .................. 33<br />
DRAWWORKS - E3000 ............................................................................................................................................... 34<br />
ELECTRICAL SENSORS ............................................................................................................................................ 35<br />
ELECTRONIC DRILLING SYSTEM (EDS) OPERATORS COURSE .......................................................................... 36<br />
ELECTRONIC DRILLING SYSTEM (EDS) MAINTENANCE COURSE ....................................................................... 37<br />
HPU MECHANICAL AND MAINTENANCE COURSE – MODELS HPA32, HP37, HP45, AND HP49 ......................... 38<br />
HYDRALIFT BRIDGERACKER MAINTENANCE COURSE ........................................................................................ 39<br />
HYDRALIFT HYDRATONG MAINTENANCE COURSE .............................................................................................. 40<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 3
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
HYDRALIFT MOTION COMPENSATION MAINTENANCE COURSE ......................................................................... 41<br />
HYDRARACKER IV MAINTENANCE COURSE ......................................................................................................... 42<br />
HYDRAULICS COURSE, BASIC ................................................................................................................................. 43<br />
HYDRAULIC FUNDAMENTALS .................................................................................................................................. 44<br />
HYDRAULICS WITH TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................................................................................... 45<br />
INDUSTRIAL PRACTICES .......................................................................................................................................... 47<br />
IRON ROUGHNECK - AR - 3200 MECHANICAL COURSE ........................................................................................ 48<br />
IRON ROUGHNECK - AR - 3200, 4500, AND 5000 MODELS .................................................................................... 49<br />
IRON ROUGHNECK - AR SERIES MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................... 50<br />
IRON ROUGHNECK - IR 3080 MECHANICAL COURSE ........................................................................................... 51<br />
IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 80 MECHANICAL COURSE .............................................................................................. 52<br />
IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 80-C MECHANICAL COURSE ........................................................................................... 53<br />
IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 100 MECHANICAL COURSE ............................................................................................ 54<br />
IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 120 MECHANICAL COURSE ............................................................................................ 55<br />
IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 160 MECHANICAL COURSE ............................................................................................ 56<br />
KEMS - IDEAL AUTODRILLER AND BRAKE CONTROL SAFETY SYSTEM COURSE ............................................ 57<br />
THE LAND AND OFFSHORE DRILLING INTRODUCTION COURSE ........................................................................ 58<br />
KINGPOST CRANE ..................................................................................................................................................... 59<br />
MODULE ONE – RIG SITE MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION OF VARCO BJ PRODUCTS ............................... 60<br />
MUD PUMPS - 14-P-220 MECHANICAL AND MAINTENANCE COURSE ................................................................. 61<br />
MUD PUMPS - HEX 240 MAINTENANCE COURSE .................................................................................................. 62<br />
MUD PUMPS - P-SERIES MAINTENANCE COURSE ................................................................................................ 63<br />
MUD PUMPS - TRIPLEX - POWER END .................................................................................................................... 64<br />
PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (4I AND 8I MODELS) ................................................... 65<br />
PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (4I MODEL) .................................................................. 66<br />
PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (6I MODEL) .................................................................. 67<br />
PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (8I MODEL) .................................................................. 68<br />
PIPECAT MACHINE .................................................................................................................................................... 69<br />
PC-7-47 PIPECAT LAYDOWN SYSTEM MECHAINICAL AND MAINTENANCE COURSE ....................................... 70<br />
PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - APPLICATIONS OF ALLEN-BRADLEY .......................................................... 71<br />
PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - APPLICATIONS OF SIEMENS ........................................................................ 72<br />
PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - ADVANCED ALLEN-BRADLEY ....................................................................... 73<br />
PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - ADVANCED SIEMENS .................................................................................... 74<br />
PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - APPLICATION DIRECT SOFT DL340 ............................................................. 75<br />
PNEUMATICS FUNDAMENTALS WITH TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................................ 76<br />
PS 21/30 POWER SLIPS FOR MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL .................................................................................. 77<br />
PS 21/30 POWER SLIPS FOR MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL & BX ELEVATORS ................................................... 78<br />
RIG FLOOR EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW ....................................................................................................................... 79<br />
RIG OVERVIEW - OFFSHORE DRILLING AND PRODUCTION ................................................................................ 80<br />
SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - INTEGRATED POWER SYSTEM INTERMEDIATE (IPS) ..................................... 82<br />
SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - ROSS HILL ADVANCED ....................................................................................... 83<br />
SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - ROSS HILL INTERMEDIATE (GENERATOR CONTROLS) .................................. 84<br />
SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - ROSS HILL INTERMEDIATE (SCR CONTROLS) ................................................. 85<br />
SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - TECH POWER INTERMEDIATE ........................................................................... 86<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 4
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - TECH POWER ADVANCED .................................................................................. 87<br />
SHAFFER 5TH GEN BOP MUX ELECTRICAL CONTROLS ...................................................................................... 88<br />
SHAFFER EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL (SHAFFER RUCKER MOTION COMPENSATION) .................................... 89<br />
SHAFFER EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL (SURFACE TYPE EQUIPMENT) ................................................................. 90<br />
SHAFFER EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL COURSE (SUB SEA EQUIPMENT) ............................................................ 91<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 8 ELECTRICAL COURSE ....................................................................................... 92<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 8 MECHANICAL COURSE ...................................................................................... 93<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDS 8 SA & 1000 ELECTRICAL ............................................................................................ 94<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 8 AND 1000 MECHANICAL COURSE ..................................................................... 95<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 9 AND 11 ELECTRICAL COURSE .......................................................................... 96<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 9 AND 11 MECHANICAL COURSE ......................................................................... 97<br />
TOP DRIVE, TDS 9, 10 & 11 SA ELECTRICAL........................................................................................................... 98<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 9, 10, 11 MECHANICAL COURSE .......................................................................... 99<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM – TDS-11SA/ST80-C OVERVIEW ......................................................................................... 100<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC AND BASIC HYDRAULICS COMBINED - MECHANICAL ............................................. 101<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TOP DRIVE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS COURSE .......................................................... 102<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS 3, 4, 6 MECHANICAL COURSE WITH RBS.......................................................... 103<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS 3, 4, 5, 6 ELECTRICAL COURSE ......................................................................... 104<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS 3, 4, 5, 6 MECHANICAL COURSE ........................................................................ 105<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDS 3H, 3S, 4H & 4S ELECTRICAL ................................................................................... 106<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDS 3H, 3S, 4H & 4S MECHANICAL .................................................................................. 107<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS AND AR3200 COMBINED MECHANICAL ............................................................ 108<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - HPS 500, 650, 750 AND 1000 MAINTENANCE COURSE .................................................. 109<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - PS SERIES MECHANICAL COURSE ................................................................................. 110<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - PS SERIES MAINTENANCE COURSE ............................................................................... 111<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDX-1000 MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE ......................................................... 112<br />
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDX-1250 MAINTENANCE COURSE ................................................................................. 113<br />
MANAGEMENT COURSE ......................................................................................................................................... 117<br />
KRS 1000: DRILLING EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................ 117<br />
KRS 1200: CRANES.................................................................................................................................... 117<br />
KRS 1300: WELL INTERVENTION SYSTEMS ........................................................................................... 117<br />
SVG 2000: DRILLING EQUIPMENT AND CYBERBASE ............................................................................ 117<br />
OPERATORS COURSE ............................................................................................................................................ 118<br />
KRS 1010: DRILLING EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................ 118<br />
KRS 1310: WELL INTERVENTION EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS .................................................................... 118<br />
CYBERBASE & DRILLING EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS: SVG 2010 ............................................................................. 120<br />
DRILLING FLUID TECHNOLOGY OPERATORS COURSE (DFT): ASK 4010 ......................................................... 122<br />
CRANE OPERATOR COURSE ................................................................................................................................. 123<br />
KRS 1210: PIPE HANDLING CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) ......................................................................... 123<br />
KRS 1211: OFFSHORE CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) ................................................................................. 123<br />
KRS 1212: ACTIVE HEAVE COMPENSATED (AHC) SUBSEA CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) .................... 123<br />
KRS 1213: RISER GANTRY CRANE .......................................................................................................... 123<br />
KRS 1214: SINGLE BOOM CRANE ............................................................................................................ 123<br />
KRS 1215: TELESCOPE BOOM CRANE .................................................................................................... 123<br />
LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE COURSE, OPERATORS TRAINING ON SITE: MOL 3004 ......................... 125<br />
OFFSHORE CRANE COURSE: MOL 3007 ............................................................................................................... 126<br />
RISER PULL-IN WINCH COURSE: MOL 3006 ......................................................................................................... 127<br />
HYDRAULIC/ MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE .......................................................................................... 128<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 5
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
KRS 1030: DRILLING EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................ 128<br />
KRS 1330: WELL INTERVENTION EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS .................................................................... 128<br />
DRILLING EQUIPMENT COURSE: SVG 2030.......................................................................................................... 130<br />
DRILLING FLUID TECHNOLOGY MAINTENANCE COURSE (DFT): ASK 4030 ...................................................... 131<br />
CRANE MAINTENANCE COURSE ........................................................................................................................... 132<br />
KRS 1230: PIPE HANDLING CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) ......................................................................... 132<br />
KRS 1231: OFFSHORE CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) ................................................................................. 132<br />
KRS 1232: ACTIVE HEAVE COMPENSATED (AHC) SUBSEA CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) .................... 132<br />
KRS 1233: RISER GANTRY CRANE .......................................................................................................... 132<br />
KRS 1234: SINGLE BOOM CRANE ............................................................................................................ 132<br />
KRS 1235: TELESCOPE BOOM CRANE .................................................................................................... 132<br />
LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE MAINTENANCE COURSE: MOL 3002 ........................................................ 134<br />
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE COMBINED COURSE ........................................................................................... 135<br />
KRS 1110: SUB SEA/ MOTION COMPENSATION EQUIPMENT .............................................................. 135<br />
LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE: MOL 3001 ................................................................................................... 137<br />
ELECTRO TECHNICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE .................................................................................................. 138<br />
KRS 1020: DRILLING AND MOTION COMPENSATING/ SUB SEA EQUIPMENT .................................... 138<br />
KRS 1320: WELL INTERVENTION EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS .................................................................... 138<br />
CYBERBASE & DRILLING EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE COURSE: SVG 2020 ................................. 140<br />
PLC MAINTENANCE COURSE: SVG 2021 .............................................................................................................. 143<br />
DRILLING FLUID TECHNOLOGY (DFT) ELECTRO-TECHNICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE: ASK 4020 .............. 144<br />
CRANE ELECTRO MAINTENANCE COURSE ......................................................................................................... 145<br />
KRS 1220: PIPE HANDLING CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) ......................................................................... 145<br />
KRS 1221: OFFSHORE CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) ................................................................................. 145<br />
KRS 1222: ACTIVE HEAVE COMPENSATED (AHC) SUBSEA CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) .................... 145<br />
KRS 1223: RISER GANTRY CRANE .......................................................................................................... 145<br />
KRS 1224: SINGLE BOOM CRANE ............................................................................................................ 145<br />
KRS 1225: TELESCOPE BOOM CRANE .................................................................................................... 145<br />
CRANE INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICIANS COURSE – ADVANCED .................................................................. 147<br />
MOL 3003: LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE ..................................................................................... 147<br />
CRANE ELECTRO TECHNICAL COURSE - ADVANCED ........................................................................................ 148<br />
MOL 3005: LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE ..................................................................................... 148<br />
AHC SUBSEA CRANE PERFORMANCE COURSE – ADVANCED: KRS 1240 ....................................................... 149<br />
APPENDIX A.............................................................................................................................................................. 151<br />
WORLDWIDE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR TRAINING COURSES ................................................... 151<br />
APPENDIX B.............................................................................................................................................................. 157<br />
HOUSTON FACILITY MAP ......................................................................................................................... 157<br />
HOUSTON HOTEL MAP ............................................................................................................................. 158<br />
HOUSTON HOTEL REFERENCES ............................................................................................................ 159<br />
APPENDIX C ............................................................................................................................................................. 164<br />
MACAÉ, BRAZIL FACILITY MAP ................................................................................................................ 164<br />
APPENDIX D ............................................................................................................................................................. 166<br />
SINGAPORE, SOUTHEAST ASIA .............................................................................................................. 166<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 6
TRAINING FACILITIES<br />
HOUSTON, TEXAS - USA<br />
5200 N Sam Houston Parkway W, Suite 100<br />
Houston, Texas 77086<br />
Phone: +1 281-943-5800<br />
Fax: +1 281-943-5691<br />
Email: training.houston@nov.com<br />
CEDAR PARK, TEXAS - USA<br />
1200 Cypress Creek Rd.<br />
Cedar Park, Texas 78613<br />
Phone: 512-340-5530<br />
Fax: 512-340-5261<br />
Email: training.cedarpark@nov.com<br />
MACAÉ, BRAZIL<br />
Rua Lady Esteves da Conceição, 300<br />
Vale Encantado - Macaé - RJ<br />
CEP 27933-420<br />
Phone: +55 (22) 2123 2450<br />
Email: training.brazil@nov.com<br />
KRISTIANSAND, NORWAY<br />
Skibåsen 2, 4636 Kristiansand<br />
Phone: +47 38 19 20 00<br />
Fax: +47 38 19 26 04<br />
Email: training.norway@nov.com<br />
STAVANGER, NORWAY<br />
Lagerveien 20, FORUS 4069 Stavanger<br />
Phone: +47 51 81 81 81<br />
Fax: +47 51 80 05 47<br />
Email: training.norway@nov.com<br />
MOLDE, NORWAY<br />
Grandfjæra 24, 6415 Molde<br />
Phone: +47 71 20 20 20<br />
Fax: +47 71 20 20 22<br />
Email: training.norway@nov.com<br />
SINGAPORE, SOUTHEAST ASIA<br />
29 Tuas Bay Drive<br />
Singapore 637429<br />
Phone: +65 6594 1000<br />
Fax: +65 6795 5514<br />
Email: training.singapore@nov.com<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 7
MONTROSE, UNITED KINGDOM (UK)<br />
Forties Road<br />
Forties Industrial Estate<br />
Montrose, Angus, DD10 9ET<br />
Phone: +44(0) 1674 662425<br />
Fax: +44(0) 1674 662530<br />
Email: training.uk@nov.com<br />
ABERDEEN, UNITED KINGDOM (UK)<br />
Badentoy Cresent<br />
Badentoy Industrial Estate<br />
Portlethen, Aberdeen<br />
Phone: +44(0) 1674 662425<br />
Fax: +44(0) 1674 662530<br />
Email: training.uk@nov.com<br />
DUBAI, JEBEL ALI<br />
R/A # 13, Plot MO 0682; Daimler Chrysler Street<br />
AE Dubai Jebel Ali Head Office<br />
United Arab Emirates<br />
Phone: Phone: +971-4-8838776<br />
Email: Ruby.Garcia@nov.com<br />
KOREA<br />
1274 Hwasan-Ri, 4th Floor<br />
Onsan Eup, Ulju-Gun, Ulsan, South Korea<br />
Phone: +82 522 409 218<br />
Fax: +82 522 409 220<br />
Email: RS-Training-Korea@nov.com<br />
Email (Secondary): RS-KOR-Training@nov.com<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 8
TRAINING OVERVIEW<br />
PRODUCT LINE TRAINING<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Main Goal: At the end of a product line training course, attendees shall be able to understand the complex nature of<br />
the most common machines and systems onboard a general rig or vessel.<br />
<strong>Course</strong> Participants: Open-to-all. Crews from various customers (rigs/ vessels) can participate in the same course.<br />
<strong>Course</strong> Preparation: Each Product Line <strong>Course</strong> is a standard course covering:<br />
Operation and Maintenance Instructions in the same course.<br />
The most common versions of equipment and systems on a general rig or vessel.<br />
Customers may request different dates (6 student minimum).<br />
RIG SPECIFIC TRAINING<br />
Main Goal: At the end of a rig specific training course, attendees shall be able to understand the complex nature of<br />
the equipment and systems on board a specific rig or vessel.<br />
<strong>Course</strong> Participants: Crew training exclusive to one client – one specific rig/ vessel only (8 - 10).<br />
<strong>Course</strong> Preparation: Rig specific courses cover the specific equipment and systems on a particular rig or vessel.<br />
They are specifically prepared and designed for the actual equipment and belonging control system the customer has<br />
purchased. The majority of courses are either: Hydraulic/ Mechanical <strong>Course</strong>s, Operator <strong>Course</strong>s or Electro<br />
Technical Maintenance <strong>Course</strong>s<br />
Training schedules can be adjusted to meet customer requirements. A customer may request a complete, tailor-made<br />
training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems and the courses will be presented sequentially – all<br />
in one sitting (reduces travel costs and time away from work). Rig Specific training<br />
AMPHION AND CYBERBASE SIMULATORS<br />
NOV’s customers have the opportunity to request and purchase rig specific simulator software to be developed and<br />
installed in one of NOV’s drilling simulators.<br />
The Kristiansand and Stavanger facilities offer advanced practical simulator training for Cyberbase operations.<br />
The Houston facility offers advanced practical simulator training for Amphion and Cyberbase operations.<br />
Brazil has Amphion and Cyberbase simulators.<br />
The realistic training environment can be set up to replicate the customer’s rig.<br />
From the drill chair, learners practice how to operate the various types of on-board drilling equipment.<br />
RIG CONSULTANTS<br />
Our Rig Consultants have experience on offshore rotary drilling installations, including Jackup style rigs,<br />
semisubmersible D.P. floating platforms drill ships, and various types of Land Drilling Rigs. The Consultants will<br />
deliver on site, one to one training and assessment in the safe and efficient operation of various NOV products. They<br />
will supervise, guide, and train operators and maintenance personnel to help them gain the skills necessary to<br />
operate and maintain NOV equipment. In order to maintain worldwide availability, the Rig Consultants are current on<br />
HUET, OPTI, TWIC and Safe Gulf Certifications, Well Control certifications, and Falk Alford safety training.<br />
Rig consultants work directly with the rig crew and provide daily reports of training covered, assessments on their<br />
progress, and recommendations for improving the safety and efficiency of equipment operations. Additional<br />
classroom training can be provided upon request.<br />
OFFSHORE/ONSITE INSTRUCTION<br />
Training Instructors will deliver on site, one to one training and assessment in the safe and efficient operation of<br />
various NOV products. Instructors will monitor, train, and guide operators and maintenance personnel to help them<br />
gain the skills necessary to operate and maintain NOV equipment. Refresher training for existing crew is also<br />
available; this can help to improve safety and efficiency of rig operations.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 9
MOBILE TRAINING SOLUTIONS (USA ONLY)<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
NOV’s mobile classroom can comfortably accommodate up<br />
to 10 students for training at your site. This climatecontrolled<br />
facility is equipped with all the features you would<br />
expect to find in a traditional classroom. It provides a quiet<br />
environment on site for delivering theoretical concepts which<br />
are followed by hands-on sessions using your equipment.<br />
Other benefits of the mobile classroom are:<br />
Significant time savings - training is done on site<br />
and reduces crew time away from operations.<br />
Significant cost savings - eliminates travel time and expense, making it cost effective to train more people.<br />
Provides a flexible schedule; get training when you need it.<br />
Concepts learned in the classroom can be immediately used on your equipment.<br />
The following courses can be taught from the mobile classroom or at the customer’s facility:<br />
AC Drive Fundamentals and Maintenance -<br />
ABB<br />
AC Drive Fundamentals and Maintenance -<br />
Siemens<br />
Electricity Fundamentals and Troubleshooting<br />
Baylor Brake Fundamentals, Maintenance, and<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
BX Elevators, PS21/30, and RST Mechanical -<br />
BJ Oil Tools<br />
CRT-350 Operations Maintenance and<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Electronic Drilling System (EDS) Operations<br />
and Maintenance<br />
Hydraulic Fundamentals<br />
Hydraulics with Troubleshooting<br />
KEMS - Ideal Autodriller and Bake Control<br />
Safety System<br />
Ideal Rig (AC or DC)<br />
Industrial Practices<br />
Iron Roughneck - IR 3080 Mechanical<br />
Iron Roughneck - ST 80 Mechanical<br />
Iron Roughneck - ST 80 C Mechanical<br />
Mud Pumps - P-Series Operation and<br />
Maintenance<br />
PipeCAT Machine<br />
PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Advanced Allen-<br />
Bradley<br />
PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Advanced<br />
Siemens<br />
PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Application of<br />
Allen- Bradley<br />
PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Application of<br />
Siemens<br />
Pneumatic Fundamentals and Troubleshooting<br />
Rapid Rig<br />
SCR Maintenance - Integrated Power System<br />
Intermediate (IPS)<br />
SCR Maintenance - Ross Hill Intermediate<br />
(Generator Controls)<br />
SCR Maintenance - Ross Hill Intermediate (SCR<br />
Controls)<br />
SCR Maintenance - Tech Power Intermediate<br />
Shaffer Equipment Mechanical <strong>Course</strong> (Surface<br />
Type Equipment)<br />
Rig Overview - Land Drilling<br />
Top Drive System - AC TDS Drive Electrical<br />
Controls <strong>Course</strong><br />
Top Drive System - AC TDS-9, TDS-10, and<br />
TDS-11 Mechanical<br />
Top Drive System - PS Series Operations and<br />
Maintenance<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 10
GENERAL INFORMATION<br />
CLASSROOM TIMES<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Normal hours of operation at all facilities are Monday thru Friday and based on an 8 hour day of instruction.<br />
PAYMENT OPTIONS<br />
<strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> accepts the following types of payment:<br />
Wire Transfer<br />
Credit Card<br />
Company Check<br />
Cashier’s Check<br />
Purchase Orders are required 30 days prior to class commencement<br />
ENROLLMENT<br />
Please contact the appropriate facility to confirm seat availability or to schedule training.<br />
For open enrollment courses, complete an Enrollment Form and email or fax to the appropriate facility.<br />
Submit payment by one of the options above.<br />
CANCELLATION POLICY<br />
Please refer to the Appendix A for specific details on <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong>’s Worldwide Terms and Conditions for<br />
Training <strong>Course</strong>s.<br />
ATTIRE<br />
To maintain a professional atmosphere and adhere to safety standards, personnel attending classes will be required<br />
to wear long pants and shirts with sleeves - short/long. Any classes with training performed in our shop area will<br />
require steel-toed boots, safety glasses and protective clothing. Shorts, tank-tops, sandals, flip-flops, or any opentoed<br />
shoes are not allowed at any of the <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> Training Solutions facilities. Students arriving in<br />
inappropriate attire will be asked to leave and change into appropriate attire at their own expense and may miss<br />
valuable training time. At NOV, your safety is our number one concern; therefore your cooperation would be<br />
appreciated.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 11
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 12
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
<strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> Listings<br />
Product Line<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 13
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 14
AC DRIVE FUNDAMENTALS AND MAINTENANCE COURSE (ABB)<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of ABB AC drives<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify and understand the operation of the ABB keypad<br />
Describe the different types and understand the history behind the AC Drives<br />
Troubleshoot by performing different tests on the AC Drive using simulator<br />
Connect to the ABB AC Drive and control the drive with Drive Window<br />
State the function of the different components used with the ABB ACS 800 Drive<br />
Take control of the ABB AC Drive both locally and remotely and change the software on the drive<br />
Perform adaptive programming inside the ABB drive<br />
Create a backup package and restore the parameters and firmware in the drive or drives the student has on the<br />
rig<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
In this course, students will discuss power conversion, the three phase induction motor, and the AC Drive braking<br />
systems. Students will also utilize a laptop computer to become familiar with the software package relating to the<br />
configuration of the ABB AC Drive.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Motors<br />
System overview<br />
Dual stage voltage converters<br />
Parameters<br />
Brake chopper and Software Tools<br />
Communications with external controller<br />
Maintenance<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Applications of Siemens<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 7 - January 11 ..................................Houston July 17 - July 21 ....................... Brazil<br />
January 21 - January 25 ................................Houston July 22 - July 26 ....................... Houston<br />
February 4 - February 8 .................................Houston August 5 - August 9 ................. Houston<br />
February 4 - February 8 .................................Montrose, UK August 19 - August 23 ............. Brazil<br />
February 25 – March 1 ...................................Houston August 19 - August 23 ............. Houston<br />
March 4 - March 8 ..........................................Brazil August 26 - August 30 ............. Brazil<br />
March 18 - March 22 ......................................Houston September 9 - September 13 ... Houston<br />
April 8 - April 12 ..............................................Houston September 30 - October 4........ Brazil<br />
April 15 - April 19 ............................................Brazil September 30 - October 4........ Houston<br />
April 22 - April 26 ............................................Houston October 7 - October 11 ............ Montrose, UK<br />
April 22 - April 26 ............................................Brazil October 14 - October 18 .......... Houston<br />
May 6 - May 10 ..............................................Houston October 28 - November 1 ........ Brazil<br />
May 20 - May 24 ............................................Houston October 28 - November 1 ........ Houston<br />
June 3 - June 7 ..............................................Houston November 4 - November 8 ....... Houston<br />
June17 - June 21 ...........................................Houston November 18 - November 22 ... Houston<br />
June 24 - June 28 ..........................................Brazil November 25 - November 29 ... Brazil<br />
July 8 - July 12 ...............................................Houston December 9 - December 13 ..... Houston<br />
This course is also available upon request in Brazil, Singapore, Dubai, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a<br />
customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 15
AC DRIVE FUNDAMENTALS AND MAINTENANCE COURSE (SIEMENS)<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of Siemens AC drives<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Configure “base drive” logic and self-tune the drive for proper operation<br />
Identify the use of the available fixed function and programmable analog and binary Inputs/Outputs<br />
Troubleshoot: an invalid drive configurations by utilizing the function diagrams; indicated drive faults and<br />
warnings; the converter and inverter hardware components<br />
Identify hardware configurations and verify required connections<br />
State the basic use and operation of the 6SE70VC regulators and function of the 6SE70VS option boards<br />
Configure and operate the 6SE70VC using the “USS” and SIMOLINK (Peer-to-Peer link) protocols<br />
Use motor and drive data for proper initialization of the 6SE70VC<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course covers the theory of operation, troubleshooting, and maintenance of the Siemens AC Drives utilized on<br />
the TDS Top Drives. The students will be able to utilize a laptop computer to connect to the drive controller. The<br />
course also covers the three phase induction motor theory and the drive parameters through the PLC interface.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Motors<br />
System overview<br />
Dual stage voltage converters<br />
Parameters<br />
Brake Chopper<br />
Software tools<br />
Communications with external controller<br />
Maintenance<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, Singapore, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s<br />
facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 16
AMPHION CONTROLS OPERATORS COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Amphion Control System<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Describe and explain the purpose of the Amphion Control System<br />
Demonstrate proficient use of the system control surfaces<br />
Recognize and understand on-screen information<br />
Use on-screen information for basic rig equipment troubleshooting<br />
Recognize and respond appropriately to alarm conditions<br />
Simulate safe and efficient drilling and tripping operations for rig applications<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course identifies the main components of the system and provides a basic overview of the capabilities of the<br />
Amphion System. The course also provides practice on an NOV Amphion simulator. Unlike traditional simulation<br />
programs, the NOV simulation system uses actual tools and screen software code that is run on an actual rig. This<br />
creates a very realistic training environment for the rig operators.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Distributed processing<br />
Tripping design objectives<br />
Drilling<br />
Stopping<br />
Soft trip<br />
Safety - ZMS<br />
Equipment operation chairs<br />
Power slips<br />
Drawworks<br />
Top drive system<br />
Pipe handling, Mud pumps<br />
Auxiliaries<br />
Maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 7 - January 11 ................... Houston September 16 - September 20 ........... Brazil<br />
January 21 - January 25 ................. Houston September 23 - September 27 ........... Houston<br />
February 4 - February 8 .................. Houston September 30 - October 4 .................. Brazil<br />
February 25 - March 1 ..................... Houston October 1 - October 5 ......................... Houston<br />
March 11 - March 15 ....................... Houston October 7 - October 11 ....................... Brazil<br />
April 8 - April 12 ............................... Houston October 7 - October 11 ....................... Houston<br />
April 22 - April 26 ............................. Houston October 7 - October 11 ....................... Singapore<br />
May 6 - May 10 ............................... Houston October 14 - October 18 ..................... Brazil<br />
May 20 - May 24 ............................. Houston October 21 - October 25 ..................... Brazil<br />
June 10 - June 14 ........................... Houston October 21 - October 25 ..................... Houston<br />
June 24 - June 28 ........................... Houston October 28 - November 1 ................... Brazil<br />
July 8 - July 12 ................................ Houston October 29 - November 2 ................... Houston<br />
July 8 - July 12 ................................ Singapore November 4 - November 8 ................. Houston<br />
July 22 - July 26 .............................. Houston November 11 - November 15 ............. Singapore<br />
August 5 - August 9 ......................... Houston November 18 - November 22 ............. Houston<br />
August 12 - August 16 ..................... Singapore November 25 - November 29 ............. Brazil<br />
August 19 - August 23 ..................... Houston December 2 - December 6 ................. Houston<br />
August 13 - August 17 ..................... Singapore December 9 - December 13 ............... Singapore<br />
September 9 - September 13 ............ Houston December 16 - December 20 ............. Houston<br />
September 9 - September 13 .......... Singapore<br />
This course is also available upon request in Brazil and Montrose, UK.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 17
AMPHION MAINTENANCE COURSE FOR RIG ELECTRICIAN AND E.T.<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the maintenance of the Amphion Control System<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Describe the Amphion control system<br />
Explain the purpose of the Amphion control system<br />
Identify Amphion components on flow-chart and describe the purpose of each<br />
Navigate Amphion screens to locate and open diagnostic tools<br />
Diagnose and troubleshoot problems using the tools Amphion provides<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course includes a detailed description of how the overall system functions and descriptions of all major parts.<br />
Networking as applied to requirements of this system will be discussed. The students will understand the differences<br />
between Profibus DP and Ethernet networks. The course includes Single Board Controller operation and diagnostics.<br />
Systems screen displays will be analyzed for information pertaining to maintenance and troubleshooting.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Tripping design objectives<br />
Drilling<br />
Stopping<br />
Soft trip<br />
Safety-ZMS<br />
Equipment calibration<br />
Operator’s basic maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
Amphion service<br />
Moxa Ethernet switchFuture expansion<br />
VDAQ backup and restore<br />
Compact flash image<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
The Amphion Operators course is highly recommended before attending this course<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 14 - January 18 ...................... Houston<br />
January 14 - January 18 ...................... Montrose, UK<br />
January 28 - February 1 ....................... Houston<br />
February 11 - February 15 ................... Houston<br />
March 4 - March 8 ................................ Houston<br />
March 18 - March 22 ............................ Houston<br />
April 15 - April 19 ................................. Houston<br />
April 29 - May 3 .................................... Houston<br />
May 13 - May 17 ................................... Houston<br />
June 3 - June 7 ..................................... Houston<br />
June 17 - June 21 ................................. Houston<br />
July 15 - July 19 .................................... Houston<br />
July 29 - August 2 ................................. Houston<br />
August 12 - August 16 ......................... Houston<br />
August 26 - August 30 ......................... Houston<br />
September 16 - September 20 ............. Houston<br />
September 23 - September 27 ............. Brazil<br />
September 30 - October 4..................... Houston<br />
October 14 - October 18 ...................... Houston<br />
October 21 - October 25 ...................... Montrose, UK<br />
October 28 - November 1..................... Houston<br />
November 4 - November 8 ................... Brazil<br />
November 5 - November 9 .................... Houston<br />
December 10 - December 14 ............... Houston<br />
This course is also available upon request in Brazil.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 18
BASIC ELECTRICITY FUNDAMENTALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All personnel required to learn basic electrical fundamentals and troubleshooting skills.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Understand and describe basic electrical theory, with emphasis on component functions and measurement<br />
instrumentation.<br />
Demonstrate circuit analysis in schematics and diagrams using symbol recognition and circuit paths.<br />
Apply circuit principal to operator circuits using industrial components.<br />
Perform circuit parameter measurements.<br />
Demonstrate use of various troubleshooting and measurement techniques.<br />
Discuss the need for lockout/tagout<br />
Relate the schematic drawing to where measurements need to be taken.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to give the student a solid overview of electrical fundamentals. It will include the following<br />
topics: ohm’s law and the units of electrical measurement with an emphasis on understanding voltage and current<br />
relationships. The student will develop an understanding of series and parallel circuits. Students will build circuits and<br />
use test equipment to troubleshoot problems in order to gain the practical experience required to locate and repair<br />
electrical problems on the rig. The training sessions are designed to include a discussion of electrical fundamentals<br />
followed by a practical session to reinforce the student’s learning.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Safety<br />
Grounding<br />
Voltage and current relationships<br />
How to use a digital volt meter<br />
Basic circuit analysis<br />
Drawing interpretation<br />
Measurement techniques for common components<br />
Hands on circuit construction from schematics including troubleshooting<br />
Simple circuit fault analysis<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 21 - January 25 ................. Houston<br />
February 11 - February 15 .............. Houston<br />
March 4 - March 8 ........................... Houston<br />
April 22 - April 26 ............................. Houston<br />
May 13 - May 17 ............................. Houston<br />
June 3 - June 7 ............................... Houston<br />
July 22 - July 26 .............................. Houston<br />
August 12 - August 16 ..................... Houston<br />
September 16 - September 20 ........ Houston<br />
October 14 - October 18 ................. Houston<br />
November 18 - November 22 .......... Houston<br />
December 9 December 13 .............. Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 19
BAYLOR BRAKE FUNDAMENTALS, MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Baylor brake system<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
(Saturday and Sunday in Houston)<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Understand brake application, theory, and operation<br />
Disassemble brakes and assemble operations<br />
Describe controllers, battery back-up systems, and cooling systems<br />
Identify maintenance and troubleshooting techniques<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
In this course, students will learn the magnetic principles used for brake operation. Lab experiments specifically<br />
designed to teach these principles will be utilized to ensure all students gain a solid understanding. The course will<br />
cover system specifications, transformers, and power converters. It will also break down system components such as<br />
the driller’s control and the brake controller. The course also covers the maintenance of the driller’s control,<br />
transformer, and cooling system and discussions concerning disassembly and repair.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Lenz effect<br />
Brake disassembly<br />
Purpose of the controller<br />
Baylor brake controls<br />
Maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 19 - January 20 ........................ Houston<br />
January 28 - January 29 ........................ Brazil<br />
March 25 - March 26 .............................. Brazil<br />
April 13 - April 14 .................................... Houston<br />
May 27 - May 28 .................................... Brazil<br />
June 8 - June 9 ...................................... Houston<br />
July 29 - July 30 ..................................... Brazil<br />
August 10 - August 11 ............................ Houston<br />
October 12 - October 13 ....................... Houston<br />
November 11 - November 12 ................. Brazil<br />
November 13 - November 14 ................. Brazil<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil, Singapore, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 20
BLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS)<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed to provide drillers and rig electricians with training on the operation, maintenance, fault<br />
finding and basic repair of the BCS system and Data Acquisition System 3 (DAQ).<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
List identity and purpose of the major components of the BCS system<br />
Use Calconf to calibrate sensor inputs, adjust set points, monitor system performance and troubleshoot<br />
Set up the 2025B controller for specific brake models<br />
Operate the system using a simulator<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course includes an overview of the DAQ 3 power-up procedures and visual checks; sensor set-up, connection,<br />
fault finding, calibration and configuration. The course also covers the Baylor 2025B system with a basic introduction<br />
to friction and eddy current brake principles; system fault-finding and auxiliary panel. The Driller’s control panel is also<br />
covered focusing on proper operation of the system.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
System overview and components<br />
Set-up and calibration (2025B)<br />
Set-up and calibration (DAQ)<br />
Tuning and troubleshooting<br />
System operation (with simulator)<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 23 - February 24 ..................... Cedar Park<br />
April 10 - April 11 .................................... Cedar Park<br />
June 26 - June 27 .................................. Cedar Park<br />
September 24 - September 25 ............... Cedar Park<br />
November 29 - November 30 ................. Cedar Park<br />
This course is available upon request at Cedar Park.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 21
BX ELEVATOR - MECHANICAL<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the maintenance of the BX Elevator<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify, locate, and explain the function of each component<br />
Follow procedures and precautions during installation and commissioning<br />
Explain proper maintenance procedures for components and systems<br />
Demonstrate proper maintenance and troubleshooting techniques<br />
Tear down, inspect, and rebuild with minimal instructor assistance<br />
Identify hydraulic functions of the BX Elevator using schematics<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is primarily a lecture course with hands-on activities. The students will learn about the unit components,<br />
controls, operation sequences, routine maintenance, and safety for NOV BX Elevator<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Equipment overview<br />
Installation and commissioning<br />
Operations<br />
Maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
December 16 - December 18 ................. Aberdeen, UK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 22
BX ELEVATOR, PS-21/30, AND RST MECHANICAL- BJ OIL TOOLS<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the maintenance of the BX Elevator, PS-21/30, and RST Mechanical- BJ Oil Tools<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify, locate, and explain the function of each component<br />
Follow procedures and precautions during installation and commissioning<br />
Explain proper maintenance procedures for components and systems<br />
Demonstrate proper maintenance and troubleshooting techniques<br />
Tear down, inspect, and rebuild with minimal instructor assistance<br />
Identify hydraulic functions of the BX Elevator using schematics<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is primarily a lecture course with hands-on activities. The students will learn about the unit components,<br />
controls, operation sequences, routine maintenance, and safety for NOV BX Elevator, Power Slips (PS -21/30), and<br />
Rotary Support Table (RST).<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Equipment overview<br />
Installation and commissioning<br />
Operations<br />
Maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
PS- 21/30<br />
Rotary Support Table<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 21 - January 23 ................. Brazil<br />
February 19 - February 21 .............. Houston<br />
March 19 - March 21 ....................... Houston<br />
March 25 - March 27 ....................... Brazil<br />
May 27 - May 29 ............................. Brazil<br />
June 18 - June 20 ........................... Houston<br />
July 29 - July 31 .............................. Brazil<br />
August 20 - August 22 ..................... Houston<br />
October 22 - October 24 ................. Houston<br />
October 28 - October 30 ................. Brazil<br />
This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 23
CRT 350 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING COURSE<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of the CRT 350<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 Day - $750<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify, compare, and contrast the parts and different panels<br />
Understand selection and proper operation of different size FAC tools<br />
Explain rig up procedures using the TSEL-0168 Field Commissioning and Instruction Procedure<br />
Identify procedures for maintaining the CRT 350 and recognize when repairs are needed<br />
Identify the most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a<br />
schematic<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
In this one-day course, students will learn the unit components, operation sequences, routine maintenance, and<br />
safety while discussing maintenance functions on the CRT 350.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment overview<br />
Fill up and circulation<br />
Preparation and rig up<br />
Operation<br />
Maintenance and inspection<br />
Hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, UK, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 24
CYBERBASE OPERATIONS COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Cyberbase control system.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Outline the safe and proper way to set up the Cyberbase equipment.<br />
Examine the DCDA system to determine how the chair operation and screens work together.<br />
Use the DCI to operate the Emergency Stop, Anti-Collision, Mud Pump Control, and other supporting equipment.<br />
Describe the SDI operations and how it functions in relation to the total drilling package.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
In this course, students will be introduced to Cyberbase, drilling equipment, and zone management. . The training will<br />
be carried out emphasizing hands on training, supplemented by theory. Students will learn the operating<br />
characteristics and limits of specific equipment under different scenarios. The class will progress through different<br />
exercises to a final exercise, in which they must prepare all system screens and network stations to drill a well.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Cyberbase Hardware Setup- Driller’s Cabin, Control Chair, and HVAC<br />
Drilling Control Data Acquisition System (DCDA)<br />
Drilling Control Interface (DCI) incl. Emergency Stop, Anti-Collision, Mud Pump Control, and Miscellaneous<br />
Equipment (Rotary Support Table, Slips, Elevator, Trip Tank Pump, Displays)<br />
Smart Drilling Instrumentation (SDI)<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 7 - January 1 ..................... Houston<br />
January 21 - January 25 ................. Houston<br />
February 11 - February 15 .............. Houston<br />
March 4 - March 8 ........................... Houston<br />
April 22 - April 26 ............................. Houston<br />
May 13 - May 17 ............................. Houston<br />
June 3 - June 7 ............................... Houston<br />
June 24 - June 28 ........................... Houston<br />
July 1 - July 5 .................................. Singapore<br />
July 8 - July 12 ................................ Houston<br />
July 22 - July 26 .............................. Houston<br />
July 29 - August 2 ........................... Singapore<br />
August 5 - August 9 ......................... Houston<br />
August 19 - August 23 ..................... Houston<br />
August 26 - August 30 ..................... Singapore<br />
September 16 - September 20 ........ Houston<br />
September 30 - October 4 ............... Houston<br />
October 14 - October 18 ................. Houston<br />
November 4 - November 8 .............. Houston<br />
November 18 - November 22 .......... Houston<br />
December 2 - December 6 .............. Houston<br />
December 16 - December 20 .......... Houston<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 25
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
DATA ACQUISITION (DAQ) SYSTEM AND RIGSENSE TM , M/D TOTCO MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the maintenance of the RigSense drilling data system and total Data Acquisition<br />
System (DAQ).<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
4 Days - $2,850<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Understand Drill logic and operating principle of the system<br />
Backup and reload Calconf files<br />
Use the built in system tools for trouble-shooting<br />
Identify the specific component failure<br />
Conclude the root cause<br />
Reconfigure and recalibrate sensors/software/system<br />
Fine tune system performance and etc.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course provides the participant with the knowledge and skill sets needed to configure, calibrate, troubleshoot,<br />
and maintenance of the system. The theory and practical sessions will enable the participants to be familiar with the<br />
terminology, electrical interconnectivity and operating principle of the system.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
System overview<br />
Component ID’s and functional descriptions<br />
System 4 DAQ Calconf usage<br />
Basic Networking<br />
RigSense operation<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 14 - January 17 ............... Singapore<br />
March 18 - March 21 ..................... Singapore<br />
May 13 - May 16 ........................... Singapore<br />
June 3 - June 6 ............................. Singapore<br />
June 15 - June 18 ......................... Singapore<br />
June 24 - June 27 ......................... Singapore<br />
July 15 - July 18 ............................ Singapore<br />
August 26 - August 29 ................... Singapore<br />
September 16 - September 19 ...... Singapore<br />
October 7 - October 10 ................. Singapore<br />
November 18 - November 21 ........ Singapore<br />
This course is available upon request in Singapore.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 26
DAQ SYSTEM 4 AND RIGSENSE TM 2 MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed to provide drillers and rig electricians with training on the operation, maintenance, fault<br />
finding, and basic repair of the RigSense drilling data system and the Total Data Acquisition System (DAQ).<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
4 Days - $2,850<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Understand Drill logic and operating principle of the system<br />
Backup and reload Calconf files<br />
Use the built in system tools for trouble-shooting<br />
Configure and calibrate sensors/software/system<br />
Demonstrate RigSense operation<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course provides an overview of RigSense, touch-screen display (if applicable), system configuration,<br />
maintenance, and troubleshooting of the RigSense program. It also includes an overview of the DAQ Total System 5<br />
power-up procedures and visual checks; sensor setup connection, fault finding, calibration and configuration and the<br />
spare parts used for the system.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
System overview<br />
Component ID’s and functional descriptions<br />
System 4 DAQ Calconf usage<br />
Basic Networking<br />
RigSense operation<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 10 - January 13 ............... Cedar Park<br />
February 7 – February 10 ............. Cedar Park<br />
March 25 - March 28 ..................... Brazil<br />
April 1 - April 4............................... Brazil<br />
April 2 – April 5 .............................. Cedar Park<br />
May 6 - May 9 ............................... Aberdeen, UK<br />
May 6 - May 9 ............................... Brazil<br />
June 5 - June 8 ............................. Cedar Park<br />
July 1 - July 4 ................................ Brazil<br />
August 7 - August 10 ..................... Cedar Park<br />
August 13 - August 16 ................... Singapore<br />
August 19 - August 22 ................... Brazil<br />
August 26 - August 29 ................... Brazil<br />
October 2 - October 5 ................... Cedar Park<br />
November 11 - November 14 ........ Brazil<br />
December 16 - December 19 ........ Aberdeen, UK<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil and Cedar Park.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 27
DAQ SYSTEM 5 AND RIGSENSE TM 3 MAINTENANCE<br />
BASIC DAQ 5.0 AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for Field Service Technicians and Customers.<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
RIG SENSE 3.1 AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for NOV RS IMO Field Service Technicians with little to no previous knowledge of the<br />
RigSense 3.1 System.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
4 Days - $2,850<br />
BASIC DAQ 5.0 LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify common installation layout of the Total DAQ system.<br />
Identify the components in the DAQ and describe what they do.<br />
Use Calconf to calibrate and troubleshoot.<br />
Demonstrate troubleshooting with a Multi-Meter.<br />
Demonstrate how to install and troubleshoot J-Boxes.<br />
Demonstrate how to install and calibrate Sensors<br />
RIG SENSE 3.1 LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Explain the service call guidelines for rig visits.<br />
Identify the RigSense System setup for wired, wireless and Internet Explorer.<br />
Define network.<br />
Recall RigSense networking components.<br />
Use the new RigSense 3.1 system<br />
BASIC DAQ 5.0 COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to familiarize Field Service Technicians and customers with basic electrical and multi-meter<br />
practices, DAQ components, Calconf and sensor calibration and installation.<br />
RIG SENSE 3.1 COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed as an introduction to RigSense 3.1 and all of its associated features.<br />
BASIC DAQ 5.0 COURSE CONTENT<br />
Basic Electrical and Multi-Meter Practices<br />
DAQ Components<br />
Calconf<br />
J-Boxes Installation and Troubleshooting<br />
Sensor Calibration and Installation<br />
RIG SENSE 3.1 COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Service Call Guidelines<br />
RigSense System<br />
Networking<br />
What’s New for 3.1?<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
March 6 – March 9 .......................... Cedar Park<br />
May 8 – May 11 ............................... Cedar Park<br />
July 10 – July 13 ............................. Cedar Park<br />
September 11 - September 14 ........ Cedar Park<br />
November 6 – November 9 ............. Cedar Park<br />
December 4 - December 7 .............. Cedar Park<br />
This course is available upon request at Cedar Park.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 28
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
DC-VI DIGITAL CONTROL MODULE FUNDAMENTALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING COURSE - ROSS HILL<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of the DC -VI Module<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify and describe components on the DC-VI SCR Cubicle<br />
Describe drive, bridge, and signal operation for the regulating module<br />
Analyze software block diagram<br />
Show communication set-up for the DC-VI regulating module<br />
Perform lab exercises related to program structure and troubleshooting program operations<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course will cover DC-VI schematics, analog and digital signal processing, and hardware and software problems.<br />
The student will be able to verify operations, monitor data, upload, and download programs through a computer and<br />
the DC -VI Simulator Cubicle.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Module set up<br />
Drive controller<br />
Bridge controller<br />
Signal conditioning board<br />
Cubicle layout<br />
Current and voltage feedbacks<br />
Surfboards<br />
Hookups<br />
Software diagrams<br />
Drive permissive<br />
CBT<br />
EPSS<br />
Advanced software options<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 29
DRAWWORKS - 1625 UDBE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All drilling rig personnel responsible for supervising the operation and maintenance of the <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
1625DE/UDBE<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify and describe the Drawworks in general terms (range of application & function).<br />
Explain the system design of the (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, control system).<br />
Outline the assembly and the individual sub-assemblies of the Drawworks.<br />
Identify the different models of the Drawworks and their range of application.<br />
Inspect a Drawworks machine for maintenance issues and troubleshoot.<br />
Identify and describe the brake system of a Drawworks in general terms (range of application & function).<br />
Recognize and maintain the disc brake system of a Drawworks machine.<br />
Explain the routine maintenance procedures and inspections.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach students parts identification, Drawworks specifications, operational limitations,<br />
installation, operation, periodic maintenance and inspection for the Drawworks machine and brake system.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment Overview<br />
Operations<br />
Lubrication<br />
Brake Types<br />
Disc Inspection<br />
Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 30 - January 31 ................. Brazil<br />
March 27 - March 28 ....................... Brazil<br />
May 13 - May 14 ............................. Brazil<br />
August 21 - August 22 ..................... Brazil<br />
November 13 - November 14 .......... Brazil<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 30
DRAWWORKS - 1625, 1320, 110, 80 & 55 WITH UNIVERSAL DISC BRAKE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for Roughnecks and Mechanics that maintain the Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 or 55 and<br />
Universal Disc Brake (UDB).<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify the Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and UDB System major parts and subassemblies, using the<br />
Parts List;<br />
Understand the Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and UDB specifications;<br />
Understand the operation of the Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and UDB;<br />
Recognize the operational limitations of Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and UDB;<br />
Make the correct maintenance on Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and UDB, specially the correct<br />
lubrication, using the Parts List;<br />
Identify problems on Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and UDB, using pneumatic and hydraulic systems<br />
as a tool for the troubleshooting.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach students identification of parts, specifications and operational limits, installation,<br />
operation, periodic maintenance and inspection of Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and Universal Disc Brake<br />
(UDB) System. Pneumatic and Hydraulic drawings will be used in class to help clarifying the understanding of<br />
Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and Universal Disc Brake (UDB) System.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Drawworks General Overview<br />
Operation<br />
Lubrication<br />
Maintenance<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Operation on Universal Disc Brake<br />
Maintenance on Universal Disc Brake<br />
Troubleshooting at Universal Disc Brake<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 30 - January 31 ................. Brazil<br />
March 27 - March 28 ....................... Brazil<br />
May 13 - May 14 ............................. Brazil<br />
June 19 - June 20 ........................... Brazil<br />
August 21 - August 22 ..................... Brazil<br />
November 13 - November 14 .......... Brazil<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 31
DRAWWORKS - ADS 10/20/30 MAINTENANCE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course provides Individuals who have little or no working experience with system. This is also for individuals who<br />
work as maintenance technicians and personnel who are responsible for the operation.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify and explain purposes of major parts<br />
Describe minor parts and accessories<br />
Describe normal operations, local operating procedures and pre-start preparations<br />
Explain emergency procedures or responses to failure<br />
Describe maintenance timeframes and requirements<br />
Use hydraulic and electrical drawings to troubleshoot common faults<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to provide student with knowledge and skills needed to accomplish work related to the<br />
system. Participants will become familiar with various types of ADS models, systems operation, troubleshooting,<br />
terminology, and electrical circuit interpretation<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Distinguishing configuration<br />
Identifying major components<br />
Identifying common procedures<br />
Identifying common functionality<br />
General characteristics of controls<br />
Definition of a control system<br />
Trouble shooting and maintenance<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Singapore.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 32
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
DRAWWORKS-ADS10Q WITH WATER-COOLED BRAKES MECHAINCAL MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for personnel that maintain and troubleshoot the ADS-10Q with Water-Cooled Brakes<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Describe and summarize the main data of the ADS-10Q in general terms.<br />
Describe the main components of the ADS-10Q.<br />
Explain the safety functions of the ADS-10Q.<br />
Describe how to prepare and configure the machine before start-up.<br />
Explain the differences between manual control operation and remote control operation.<br />
Explain the safety aspects and precautions related to maintenance.<br />
Explain the ADS-10Q routine inspections.<br />
Demonstrate the ability to utilize the information given in the Reference Drawings in order to complement<br />
maintenance instructions in the service manual.<br />
Explain the use of the machine’s lubrication chart<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach personnel operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of the ADS-10Q<br />
Automated Drawworks System with Water-Cooled Brakes. In this course the student will receive an overview of the<br />
operating procedures for maintenance and troubleshooting purposes, function of the mechanical systems and the<br />
correct lubrication schedule required to keep the ADS-10Q working properly. Mechanical and hydraulic<br />
troubleshooting will also be included in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />
Equipment Operations<br />
General Maintenance<br />
Fluid Power<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Hands-On Training<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 33
DRAWWORKS - E3000<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Roughnecks and Mechanics that install, operate, and maintain the Drawworks E3000 machine<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify and describe the Drawworks E3000 in general terms (range of application & function).<br />
Explain the system design of the E3000 (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, control system).<br />
Outline the assembly and the individual sub-assemblies of the Drawworks E3000.<br />
Inspect a Drawworks E3000 machine for maintenance issues and troubleshoot.<br />
Identify and describe the brake system of a Drawworks E3000 in general terms (range of application & function).<br />
Recognize and maintain the disc brake system of a Drawworks E3000 machine.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach students parts identification, Drawworks E3000 specifications, operational<br />
limitations, installation, operation, periodic maintenance and inspection for the Drawworks E3000 machine and brake<br />
system.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Drawworks E3000<br />
General Specifications<br />
Frame and Shafts<br />
Chains and Sprockets<br />
Main Brake<br />
Service Brake and Emergency Brake<br />
Operation<br />
Maintenance<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Universal Disc Brake<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 28 - January 29 ................. Brazil<br />
March 25 - March 26 ....................... Brazil<br />
May 27 - May 28 ............................. Brazil<br />
August 19 - August 20 ..................... Brazil<br />
November 11 - November 12 .......... Brazil<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 34
ELECTRICAL SENSORS<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Tool pushers, mechanics, electronic technicians, and electricians who would like a better understanding of the<br />
various types of sensors used on a rig<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Understand the various types of common sensors used on a rig<br />
Build DC current and voltage meters from one common meter type<br />
Differentiate between accuracy and precision<br />
Understand range, response time, linearity, sensitivity and offset as it relates to sensors<br />
Describe why we use barriers between sensors and PLC’s<br />
Explain how various sensors work, including pressure, load cells, flow, level proximity and temperature<br />
Develop a thorough understanding of Encoder’s internal operations, use as speed and height sensors and look<br />
at output signals<br />
Build a temperature circuit with an RTD to understand the principal of feedback<br />
Develop an understanding of how a PLC takes signals in from sensors and decides how to handle<br />
Understand ladder logic<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
In this course, students will discuss various types of sensors used on modern drilling rigs, and learn how and why<br />
they need to be calibrated. Time will be spent on sensor terminology and characteristics. We will do hands on training<br />
by hooking up a typical encoder to an oscilloscope and view the output waveforms. The students will also learn by<br />
assembling a circuit using our industrial trainers, how sensors send signals to PLC’s where the inputs are interpreted<br />
and sent to outputs.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Temp sensors<br />
Pressure sensors<br />
Flow sensors<br />
Encoders<br />
Load cells<br />
Intrinsically Safe Barriers<br />
Calibration requirements<br />
Types of sensor communication signals<br />
What PLC’s are and how they work<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 21 - January 25 ................. Brazil<br />
January 28 - February 1 .................. Brazil<br />
March 11 - March 15 ....................... Brazil<br />
March 18 - March 22 ....................... Brazil<br />
April 1 - April 5................................. Houston<br />
May 13 - May 17 ............................. Brazil<br />
May 20 - May 24 ............................. Brazil<br />
July 8 - July 12 ................................ Brazil<br />
July 22 - July 26 .............................. Brazil<br />
August 5 - August 9 ......................... Brazil<br />
August 12 - August 16 ..................... Brazil<br />
August 26 - August 30 ..................... Houston<br />
September 30 - October 4 ............... Brazil<br />
November 4 - November 8 .............. Brazil<br />
December 16 - December 20 .......... Brazil<br />
December 16 - December 20 .......... Houston<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 35
ELECTRONIC DRILLING SYSTEM (EDS) OPERATORS COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for tool pushers, drillers and assistant drillers that need to understand operational<br />
characteristics, general maintenance and calibration of the EDS Drilling Controls.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,650<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Rig input requirements<br />
Wichita Brake<br />
Brake cooling system<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course begins with an introduction, covers EDS safety, and theory of operation. The EDS system will be<br />
discussed to develop a complete understanding of alarm recognition, identification and purpose. A detailed<br />
discussion of EDS operations will cover mode screens, setup, system monitoring, help, cut & slip, weight indicator<br />
and trending graph. The parameter adjustments Tripping and Drilling modes are explained. These parameters<br />
include but are not limited to ROP, WOB, Torque and Delta P. Several basic scenarios concerning EDS<br />
troubleshooting will be addressed. Students will perform operational simulations and the need for calibration of<br />
sensors will be explained. Each student must complete a final examination with a score of 70% or better to receive a<br />
certificate of completion troubleshooting will be addressed. Students will perform operational simulations and the<br />
need for calibration of sensors will be explained. Each student must complete a performance test and final<br />
examination with a score of 70% or better to receive a certificate of completion.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Safety<br />
EDS theory of operation<br />
Alarm system<br />
System components<br />
Operations<br />
Maintenance<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Montrose (UK).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 36
ELECTRONIC DRILLING SYSTEM (EDS) MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of the EDS Drilling Controls<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Understand operational principles of the EDS<br />
Locate and identify the major components<br />
Describe each component within the integrated system<br />
Provide maintenance of the EDS through general inspection and routine maintenance checks<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course covers EDS safety and theory of operation. Students will have a complete understanding of alarm<br />
recognition, identification, and service. System troubleshooting and maintenance are stressed throughout the course.<br />
A detailed discussion of EDS operations will cover mode screens, setup, system monitoring, help, cut and slip, weight<br />
indicator and trending graph. The parameter adjustments Tripping and Drilling modes are explained. These<br />
parameters include but are not limited to ROP, WOB, Torque and Delta P. Several basic scenarios concerning EDS<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
April 15 - April 19 ................................... Montrose, UK<br />
August 26 - August 28 ........................... Montrose, UK<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, Montrose (UK), the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s<br />
facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 37
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
HPU MECHANICAL AND MAINTENANCE COURSE – MODELS HPA32, HP37, HP45, AND HP49<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for rig personnel responsible for the operation, maintenance, and mechanical troubleshooting<br />
of the HPUs<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 day - $750<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Obtain general knowledge about the HPU’s purpose, construction, and manner of operation<br />
Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment<br />
Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs<br />
Obtain a general understanding of HPU fluid power systems and troubleshooting<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The HPU Mechanical and Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> is designed to give participants an overview of the mechanics,<br />
maintenance and hydraulics of HPA32, HP37, HP45, and HP49.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />
Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />
Fluid Power<br />
Hydraulics<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 38
HYDRALIFT BRIDGERACKER MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the Hydralift BridgeRacker<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Obtain general knowledge about the equipment’s purpose, construction and manner of operation.<br />
Recall how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />
Interpret how to perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the service<br />
manual.<br />
Obtain a general understanding of equipment fluid power systems and troubleshooting.<br />
Obtain and understanding of the equipment electrical systems<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to train personnel in the operations, maintenance, and mechanical troubleshooting of the<br />
Bridge Racker. The students will receive an overview of the hydraulic and electrical systems, a review of hydraulic<br />
and electrical symbols and an understanding of schematics. The students will also learn how to troubleshoot the<br />
equipment and the lubrication schedule.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />
Equipment Operations<br />
Equipment Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />
Fluid Power – Hydraulic Information<br />
Electrical Systems Basics<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston and Singapore.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 39
HYDRALIFT HYDRATONG MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the Hydralift HydraTong<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Explain the purpose and specifications of the HydraTong and identify the different models<br />
Explain the function, purpose and interaction of the major components of the HydraTong<br />
Explain the purpose and basic operational functionality of the HydraTong<br />
Describe normal operations, local operating procedures and pre-start preparations for the HydraTong<br />
Describe required procedures to repair, maintain and lubricate the HydraTong<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to train personnel in the operations, maintenance, and mechanical troubleshooting of the<br />
NOV Hydralift HydraTong. This course is primarily a lecture course with no hands-on work covering the different<br />
models and tool setup for different applications. The students will receive an overview of the hydraulic systems using<br />
schematics. The course will cover components, the functions of the mechanical and control systems, and<br />
maintenance and lubrication schedules.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
<strong>Course</strong> Introduction<br />
Specifications and Models<br />
Components and Functions<br />
Small Components and Optional Equipment<br />
Operation<br />
Maintenance<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 8 - January 10 ................... Houston<br />
February 25 - February 27 .............. Brazil<br />
March 12 - March 14 ....................... Houston<br />
May 20 - May 22 ............................. Brazil<br />
June 11 - June 13 ........................... Houston<br />
July 22 - July 24 .............................. Brazil<br />
October 21 - October 23 ................. Brazil<br />
This course is available upon request in Singapore.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 40
HYDRALIFT MOTION COMPENSATION MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the Hydralift Motion Compensation Systems<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Explain the purpose and specifications of these motion compensation systems:<br />
Wireline Riser Tension System (WRTS)<br />
N-Line Riser Tension System (NRTS)<br />
Crown Mounted Compensator (CMC)<br />
Active Heave Compensator (AHC)<br />
Explain the function, purpose and interaction of the major components of each compensation system<br />
Explain the purpose and basic operational functionality of these support systems:<br />
Standby Air Pressure Vessels (APVs)<br />
Compressor System<br />
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)<br />
Tensioner Fluid HPU<br />
Describe normal operations, local operating procedures and pre-start preparations for the motion compensation<br />
systems<br />
Describe requirement procedures to repair, maintain and lubricate the systems<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to train personnel in the operations, maintenance, and mechanical troubleshooting of the<br />
NOV Hydralift Motion Compensation Equipment. This course is primarily a lecture course with no hands-on work<br />
covering Wireline Riser Tensioner System (WRTS), N-Line Riser Tensioner System (NRTS), Crown Mounted<br />
Compensators (CMC), NOV Compressor Package, and Active Heave Compensators (AHC). The course will cover<br />
startup preparations and normal and local operating procedures, functions of the mechanical systems, and<br />
maintenance and lubrication schedules. Also included are troubleshooting procedures and an overview of system<br />
hydraulic schematics.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
<strong>Course</strong> Introduction<br />
General Information<br />
Compressor Package<br />
Wireline Riser Tension System (WRTS)<br />
N-Line Riser Tension System (NRTS)<br />
Crown Mounted Compensator (CMC)<br />
Active Heave Compensator (AHC)<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 15 - January 17.............................. Houston<br />
February 25 – February 27..........................Brazil<br />
March 25 – March 27................................... Houston<br />
April 16 – April 18........................................ Houston<br />
June 4 – June 6........................................... Houston<br />
July 16 – July 18................................. ......... Houston<br />
August 13 - August 15................................. Houston<br />
October 8 - October 10................................ Houston<br />
December 10 - December 12...................... Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA), Singapore or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 41
HYDRARACKER IV MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the Hydralift HydraRacker<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify and explain purpose of the major parts of the HR IV<br />
Describe minor parts and accessories<br />
Describe various ways to control the HR IV<br />
Explain emergency procedures or responses to failure<br />
Describe maintenance timeframes and requirements<br />
Use hydraulic and electrical drawings to troubleshoot common faults<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to train personnel in the operations, maintenance, and mechanical troubleshooting of the<br />
HydraRacker IV. This course is primarily a lecture course with no hands-on work. The students will receive an<br />
overview of the hydraulic and electrical symbols, drawings, schematics and systems. The students will also learn how<br />
to troubleshoot the equipment and its systems. The course will cover components, the functions of the mechanical<br />
and electrical systems and the lubrication schedule.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Overview of Equipment<br />
Parts familiarization<br />
Parts usage<br />
Equipment Operation<br />
Manual<br />
Cyberbase<br />
Emergency<br />
Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />
Maintenance routines<br />
Timed checks<br />
Troubleshooting methods<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 19 - February 21 .................... Houston<br />
March 4 - March 6 ................................. Brazil<br />
May 27 - May 29 ................................... Brazil<br />
May 28 - May 30 ................................... Houston<br />
July 29 - July 31 .................................... Brazil<br />
September 3 - September 5 .................. Houston<br />
October 28 - October 30 ....................... Brazil<br />
November 25 - November 27 ................ Houston<br />
December 9 - December 11 .................. Brazil<br />
December 16 - December 18 ................ Brazil<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston and Singapore.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 42
HYDRAULICS COURSE, BASIC<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals required to learn basic hydraulics.<br />
DURATION/COST<br />
2 days/$2,000<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Understand and describe basic hydraulics theory with emphasis on component and circuit functions.<br />
Demonstrate circuit analysis skills in reading schematics and diagrams, using symbol recognition and in tracing<br />
circuit paths.<br />
Perform circuit parameter measurements for many different circuit configurations.<br />
Perform related conversions between Metric and Imperial Measurement Systems.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to give the student a working understanding of hydraulic fundamentals. It will include the<br />
following topics: Pascal’s law and the units of pressure, force and flow rates. The student will develop an<br />
understanding of simple hydraulic circuits. The course includes familiarization with the fluid power symbols of most<br />
major fluid power components. Students will develop an understanding of basic hydraulic processes.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Safety<br />
Pressure, force, volume and flow rate relationships<br />
Measurement techniques for circuit components<br />
Simple circuit operational analysis<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Written and spoken English.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
March 4 - March 5 .................................. Montrose, UK<br />
July 6 - July 7 ......................................... Montrose, UK<br />
November 11 - November 12 ................. Montrose, UK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 43
HYDRAULIC FUNDAMENTALS<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for all individuals required to learn basic hydraulics.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Understand and describe basic hydraulics theory with emphasis on component and circuit functions and the related<br />
measurement instrumentation.<br />
Interpret and explain the information contained in the schematics and drawings in relation to the physical equipment.<br />
Demonstrate circuit parameter measurements for different types of circuits.<br />
Perform related conversions between Metric and Imperial Measurement Systems.<br />
Utilize fundamental hydraulic concepts to determine troubleshooting procedures.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to provide students an understanding of hydraulic fundamentals. It will include the following topics: Pascal’s<br />
law and the units of pressure, force, flow rate and differential pressure measurement. The student will develop an understanding of<br />
simple and moderately complex hydraulic circuits. The course includes familiarization with the fluid power symbols of most major fluid<br />
power components. The training sessions are designed to include a discussion of hydraulic fundamentals followed by a practical lab<br />
session to reinforce the student’s skill and knowledge. Students will build circuits and use lab procedures in order to develop an<br />
understanding of basic hydraulic processes.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Hydraulics Trainer Familiarization<br />
Hydraulic Power<br />
Pressure Limits<br />
Pressure and Force<br />
Flow Rate and Velocity<br />
Work and Power<br />
Cylinder Control<br />
Cylinders in Series<br />
Cylinders in Parallel<br />
Regenerative Circuits<br />
Accumulators<br />
Motor Circuits<br />
Pressure Reducing Valves<br />
Remotely Controlled PRVS<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None - ATTENDING THE PNEUMATICS FUNDAMENTALS WITH TROUBLESHOOTING IS RECOMMENDED<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 7 - January 11 ......................... Brazil June 10 - June 14 .......................... Houston<br />
January 7 - January 11 ......................... Houston June 17 - June 21 .......................... Brazil<br />
January 14 - January 18 ....................... Brazil July 1 - July 5 ................................. Brazil<br />
February 4 - February 8 ........................ Houston July 8 - July 12 ............................... Brazil<br />
February 18 - February 22 .................... Brazil July 8 - July 12 ............................... Houston<br />
March 4 - March 8 ................................. Brazil August 5 - August 9 ....................... Houston<br />
March 4 - March 8 ................................. Houston September 2 - September 6 .......... Brazil<br />
March 11 - March 15 ............................. Brazil September 9 - September 13 ........ Brazil<br />
April 8 - April 12 ..................................... Brazil September 16 - September 20 ...... Houston<br />
April 8 - April 12 ..................................... Houston October 7 - October 11 .................. Houston<br />
April 15 - April 19 ................................... Brazil November 4 - November 8 ............ Houston<br />
April 22 - April 26 ................................... Brazil December 2 - December 6 ............ Brazil<br />
May 6-May 10 ....................................... Houston December 2 - December 6 ............ Houston<br />
June 10 - June 14 ................................. Brazil December 9 - December 13 .......... Brazil<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 44
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA), Brazil or at a customer’s facility.<br />
HYDRAULICS WITH TROUBLESHOOTING<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All personnel required to learn hydraulics and basic troubleshooting skills.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Understand, describe and apply basic hydraulics theory with emphasis on components and the circuit functions<br />
and related measurement instrumentation that can and will be used to identify component/circuit operations and<br />
malfunctions<br />
Demonstrate circuit analysis skills in reading schematics and diagrams using symbol recognition and in tracing<br />
circuit paths<br />
Perform repetitive circuit parameter measurements and analyze performance trends for proper operation and<br />
fault finding<br />
Demonstrate use of various troubleshooting and process measurement techniques<br />
Relate the schematic drawings to where physical measurements are taken to identify/diagnose fault conditions<br />
Perform related conversions between Metric and Imperial measurement systems and work in both systems<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to enhance the student’s understanding of hydraulics including identifying circuit malfunctions.<br />
Students will build circuits and use test equipment to troubleshoot problems in order to gain the practical experience<br />
required to locate and solve hydraulic problems similar to those found on modern drilling equipment. The training<br />
sessions are each designed to include a discussion of hydraulic fundamentals followed by practical lab sessions<br />
designed to reinforce the student’s skills and troubleshooting capabilities.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Safety, Applying pressure, force, volume, flow rate and differential pressure relationships for troubleshooting<br />
purposes<br />
Using a digital tachometer to monitor motor rotational speeds and to evaluate motor performance.<br />
Use measurement techniques for evaluating circuit component performance<br />
Hands-on circuit construction from schematics including troubleshooting component and connection faults<br />
Circuit fault analysis for one or possibly multiple circuit malfunctions<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Hydraulic Fundamentals <strong>Course</strong><br />
The Pneumatics Fundamentals with Troubleshooting course is recommended<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 21 - January 25 ................. Brazil<br />
January 21 - January 25 ................. Houston<br />
January 28 - February 1 .................. Brazil<br />
February 25 - March 1 ..................... Brazil<br />
February 25 - March 1 ..................... Houston<br />
March 18 - March 22 ....................... Brazil<br />
March 18 - March 22 ....................... Houston<br />
April 15 - April 19 ............................. Houston<br />
May 13 - May 17 ............................. Houston<br />
June 17 - June 21 ........................... Houston<br />
June 24 - June 28 ........................... Brazil<br />
July 15 - July 19 .............................. Brazil<br />
July 22 - July 26 .............................. Brazil<br />
July 22 - July 26 .............................. Houston<br />
August 12 - August 16 ..................... Houston<br />
September 16 - September 20 ........ Brazil<br />
September 30 - October 4 ............... Houston<br />
October 14 - October 18 ................. Houston<br />
November 11 - November 15 .......... Houston<br />
December 9 - December 13 ............ Houston<br />
December 16 - December 20 .......... Brazil<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 45
This course is available upon request in Brazil.<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 46
INDUSTRIAL PRACTICES<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for anyone that works with industrial equipment.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge of hand tools<br />
Identify common industrial hardware<br />
Comprehend mechanical measuring devices<br />
Understand electrical fundamentals<br />
Examine engineering documentation<br />
Discuss theoretical troubleshooting of industrial equipment<br />
Discuss oil field equipment, operations, and occupations<br />
Perform course lab exercises of mechanical and electrical devices<br />
Demonstrate safe working habits and wear the proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
In this course the student will learn the fundamentals of hand tools and how to use them, identify common industrial<br />
hardware, comprehend mechanical measuring devices and how to use them, understand electrical fundamentals,<br />
examine engineering documentation, discuss theoretical troubleshooting using block diagrams, and apply that<br />
knowledge through practical applications on our trainers using basic hand tools. The student will discuss the purpose<br />
of oil field operations, equipment, and occupations that includes an off campus tour of an NOV facility. Safety is<br />
NOV’s number one concern and will be at the forefront of the students’ knowledge based upon successful completion<br />
of the course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Hand Tools<br />
Common Industrial Hardware<br />
Mechanical Measuring Devices<br />
Electrical Measuring Devices<br />
Engineering Schematics<br />
NOV Facility<br />
Personal Protective Equipment<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 47
IRON ROUGHNECK - AR - 3200 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All drilling personnel required to maintain, troubleshoot, and repair automated Iron Roughneck systems<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify, compare, and contrast different parts<br />
Perform an inspection, lubrication and adjustment<br />
Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system<br />
Troubleshoot using hydraulic schematics<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
In this course, students will receive an overview of the hydraulic and mechanical ISO systems and symbols, including<br />
understanding hydraulic schematics. The students will also learn the functions of the mechanical systems and the<br />
correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting and an<br />
overview of the electrical systems, sensors, and control functions will be included in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment overview<br />
Manual and automatic control station<br />
Sequenced operation<br />
Routine maintenance<br />
Operating mode problems<br />
Hydraulic symbols and schematics<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 7 - February 8 ....................... Aberdeen, UK<br />
March 14 - March 15 ............................. Aberdeen, UK<br />
May 16 - May 17 ................................... Aberdeen, UK<br />
July 18 - July 19 .................................... Aberdeen, UK<br />
October 9 - October 10 ......................... Aberdeen, UK<br />
December 5 - December 6 .................... Aberdeen, UK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 48
IRON ROUGHNECK - AR - 3200, 4500, AND 5000 MODELS<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All drilling personnel required to maintain, troubleshoot, and repair automated Iron Roughneck systems<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify, compare, and contrast different parts<br />
Perform an inspection, lubrication and adjustment<br />
Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system<br />
Troubleshoot using hydraulic schematics<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
In this course, students will receive an overview of the hydraulic and mechanical ISO systems and symbols, including<br />
understanding hydraulic schematics. The students will also learn the functions of the mechanical systems and the<br />
correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting and an<br />
overview of the electrical systems, sensors, and control functions will be included in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment overview<br />
Manual and automatic control station<br />
Sequenced operation<br />
Routine maintenance<br />
Operating mode problems<br />
Hydraulic symbols and schematics<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 28 - February 1 .................. Brazil<br />
February 4 - February 8 .................. Houston<br />
April 15 - April 19 ............................. Brazil<br />
May 6 - May 10 ............................... Houston<br />
May 20 - May 24 ............................. Brazil<br />
July 8 - July 12 ................................ Brazil<br />
July 29 - August 2 ........................... Houston<br />
August 19 - August 23 ..................... Brazil<br />
September 9 - September 13 .......... Brazil<br />
October 7 - October 11 ................... Brazil<br />
October 28 - November 1 ................ Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 49
IRON ROUGHNECK - AR SERIES MAINTENANCE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All drilling personnel required to maintain, troubleshoot, and repair automated Iron Roughneck systems<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify, compare, and contrast different parts<br />
Perform an inspection, lubrication and adjustment<br />
Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system<br />
Troubleshoot using hydraulic & electrical schematics<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
In this course, students will receive an overview of the hydraulic and mechanical ISO systems and symbols, including<br />
understanding hydraulic schematics. The students will also learn the functions of the mechanical systems and the<br />
correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting and an<br />
overview of the electrical systems, sensors, and control functions will be included in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment overview<br />
Manual and automatic control station<br />
Sequenced operation<br />
Routine maintenance<br />
Operating mode problems<br />
Hydraulic symbols and schematics<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Singapore.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 50
IRON ROUGHNECK - IR 3080 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the IR 3080<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 Day - $750<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify course requirements for classroom participation, safety precautions and evacuation procedures<br />
Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the IR 3080 and explain their various functions and uses<br />
Explain the operational characteristics of the IR 3080<br />
Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the IR 3080<br />
State the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a schematic for the IR 3080<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach personnel maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of IR 3080 style Iron<br />
Roughneck. In this course the student will receive an in-depth overview of the proper operating procedures. The<br />
student will also learn the functions of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep<br />
the equipment working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting will be included in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Overview of equipment<br />
Equipment operation<br />
Routine maintenance<br />
Hydraulics<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 51
IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 80 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the ST-80 Iron Roughneck<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 Day - $750<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify course requirements for classroom participation, safety precautions and evacuation procedures<br />
Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the ST80 and explain their various functions and uses<br />
Explain the operational characteristics of the ST80<br />
Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the ST80<br />
State the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a schematic for the ST80<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach personnel maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of ST80 style Iron Roughneck.<br />
In this course the student will receive an in-depth overview of the proper operating procedures. The student will also<br />
learn the functions of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment<br />
working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting will be included in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Overview of equipment<br />
Equipment operation<br />
Routine maintenance<br />
Hydraulics<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 52
IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 80-C MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the ST80-C Iron Roughneck<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 Day - $750<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify course requirements for classroom participation, safety precautions and evacuation procedures<br />
Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the ST80-C and explain their various functions and uses<br />
Explain the operational characteristics of the ST80-C<br />
Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the ST80-C<br />
State the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a schematic for the ST80-C<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach personnel maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of ST80-C style Iron Roughneck.<br />
In this course the student will receive an in-depth overview of the proper operating procedures. The student will also<br />
learn the functions of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment<br />
working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting will be included in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Overview of equipment<br />
Equipment operation<br />
Routine maintenance<br />
Hydraulics<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 53
IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 100 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the ST100 Iron Roughneck<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2.5 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Obtain general knowledge about the equipment’s purpose, construction and manner of operation.<br />
Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />
Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user’s manual.<br />
Obtain a general understanding of the equipment fluid power systems and troubleshooting.<br />
Obtain an understanding of the equipment electrical systems.<br />
Perform practical activities to reinforce their theoretical knowledge<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach personnel operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of the ST-100 Iron<br />
Roughneck. In this course the student will receive an overview of the proper operating procedures for maintenance<br />
and troubleshooting purposes, function of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to<br />
keep the ST-100 working properly. Mechanical and hydraulic troubleshooting will also be included in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Overview of equipment<br />
Equipment operation<br />
Routine maintenance<br />
Hydraulics<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 54
IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 120 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the ST120 Iron Roughneck<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Explain the function, purpose and interaction of the major components of the ST120<br />
Explain the purpose and basic operational functionality of the ST120<br />
Describe normal operations, local operating procedures and pre-start preparations for the ST120<br />
Describe required procedures to repair, maintain and lubricate the ST120<br />
State the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a schematic for the ST120<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach personnel operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of ST120 Iron<br />
Roughneck. In this course the student will receive an in-depth overview of the proper operating procedures, functions<br />
of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment working properly.<br />
Mechanical and hydraulic troubleshooting will be included in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Overview of equipment<br />
Equipment operation<br />
Routine maintenance<br />
Hydraulics<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 55
IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 160 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the ST120 Iron Roughneck<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Obtain general knowledge about the equipment’s purpose, construction and manner of operation.<br />
Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />
Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user’s manual.<br />
Obtain a general understanding of equipment fluid power systems and troubleshooting.<br />
Perform practical activities to reinforce their theoretical knowledge<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach personnel basic operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of the ST-160<br />
Iron Roughneck. In this course the student will receive an overview of the operating procedures for maintenance and<br />
troubleshooting purposes, function of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep<br />
the ST-160 working properly. Mechanical and hydraulic troubleshooting will also be included in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Overview of equipment<br />
Equipment operation<br />
Routine maintenance<br />
Hydraulics<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 56
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
KEMS - IDEAL AUTODRILLER AND BRAKE CONTROL SAFETY SYSTEM COURSE<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the KEMS/ Ideal Autodriller and brake control safety systems<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify, label, and describe major components of KEMS and EDS<br />
List the procedures needed, the systems involved, and explain the proper use for KEMS and EADS<br />
Recognize a problem and explain the proper steps to rectify the situation<br />
Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course will cover component identification for the ideal brake controller system. Students will also learn operator<br />
set-up, troubleshooting, commissioning, electronic calibration, and enhanced autodriller interface.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
KEMS history and today’s unit<br />
Rig Safety<br />
Components and operations<br />
Commissioning<br />
Maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
Enhanced autodriller<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 57
THE LAND AND OFFSHORE DRILLING INTRODUCTION COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for individuals who have limited or no knowledge of land drilling and offshore drilling<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 Days - $750<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify the types of offshore and onshore rigs.<br />
Identify the drilling systems (circulating, rotating, power, hoisting, blowout prevention).<br />
Name and describe the function of main equipment and technologies used for drilling (surface).<br />
Describe the function of main equipment and technologies used for drilling (down hole).<br />
Recall the name and function of drilling personnel.<br />
Identify control systems used on drilling rigs<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course was created to give participants a generalized overview of Offshore and Onshore Drilling and drilling<br />
equipment. It was designed to give the participant a basic understanding of methods and type of equipment to drill an<br />
oil or gas well. It is slightly technical in nature, however, easily understood by those with a basic knowledge of the<br />
drilling industry.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
<strong>Course</strong> Introduction<br />
Where is Oil From?<br />
People and Companies<br />
Onshore Drilling Equipment<br />
Offshore Drilling Equipment<br />
Control Systems<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 28 ....................................................Brazil<br />
March 1 ..........................................................Brazil<br />
This course is also available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 58
KINGPOST CRANE<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for crane operations and maintenance<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Understand and describe basic Kingpost Crane operations, with emphasis on component operations and fluid<br />
power circuit functions and related measurement and control instrumentation.<br />
Develop understanding of crane fluid power circuits through analysis of schematics and diagrams using symbol<br />
recognition and the tracing of circuit flow paths.<br />
Perform wear tests and measurements on several critical crane parts.<br />
Demonstrate use of various troubleshooting and process measurement techniques using schematic drawings<br />
describe where pressure, flow or voltage measurements are taken.<br />
Review current API standards related to King Post Crane functions and operations<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to give the student a working overview of the typical Kingpost Crane construction and<br />
operation. This generic course acquaints the students with the various parts of the crane and their physical locations.<br />
Students will attend lectures that cover the equipment manuals, prints and schematics as used on Kingpost Cranes.<br />
Students will operate a Kingpost Crane simulator and perform lab exercises involving load lifting and troubleshooting<br />
various system faults.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Safety and Job Hazard Analysis in the fluid power lab<br />
Scheduled maintenance demos, discussions and hands-on activities<br />
Lectures on the crane maintenance manual, electrical and mechanical prints<br />
Fluid Power, hydraulic and pneumatic circuit and systems analysis<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
The Pneumatics Fundamentals with Troubleshooting <strong>Course</strong> is recommended<br />
The Hydraulics Fundamentals <strong>Course</strong> and the Hydraulics with Troubleshooting <strong>Course</strong> is recommended<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 14 – January 18 ....................... Houston<br />
April 29 - May 3 ..................................... Houston<br />
July 29 – August 2 ................................. Houston<br />
October 21 - October 25 ....................... Houston<br />
November 18 - November 22 .........................Houston<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 59
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
MODULE ONE – RIG SITE MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION OF VARCO BJ PRODUCTS<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
The course is open to Inspectors qualified to ASNT Level II or equivalent and a certificate will be issued to every<br />
Inspector successfully completing the course.<br />
Customer representatives not qualified to ASNT Level II but wishing to become more knowledgeable on MPI of <strong>Varco</strong><br />
BJ equipment may also attend the course but will not be issued a certificate.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
1 day re-cert option $1,000 – taken on the 2nd day of course<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to ensure that suitably qualified and experienced delegates receive concentrated training in<br />
the Magnetic Particle Inspection of <strong>Varco</strong> BJ Products. Note – Dimensional checking is not included.<br />
The course will be of two days duration and consist of classroom and practical, workshop instruction on the Magnetic<br />
Particle Inspection of <strong>Varco</strong> BJ Oil Tools (e.g. Hoisting equipment, Non Hoisting (Rotary)equipment and associated<br />
equipment).<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
<strong>Varco</strong> BJ acceptance criteria<br />
<strong>Varco</strong> critical area drawings<br />
<strong>Varco</strong> BJ inspection procedures<br />
Preparing inspection reports and MPI maps<br />
Equipment areas defined as exposed critical areas<br />
Proper surface preparation<br />
Limited disassembly of certain <strong>Varco</strong> BJ equipment<br />
Major and Minor defects<br />
Hands-on practical training in surface inspection of <strong>Varco</strong> BJ equipment<br />
Review of defects<br />
<strong>Course</strong> Test<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
June 18 - June 20…………………....Montrose, UK<br />
October 28 - October 30…………….Montrose, UK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 60
MUD PUMPS - 14-P-220 MECHANICAL AND MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel that are operating and/or maintaining the 14-P-220 Mud Pump<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 Day - $750<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Obtain general knowledge about the equipment’s purpose, construction and manner of operation.<br />
Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />
Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user’s manual.<br />
Obtain a general understanding of the equipment’s fluid power systems and troubleshooting.<br />
Perform practical activities to reinforce their theoretical knowledge<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach personnel operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of the 14-P-220 Mud<br />
Pump. In this course the student will receive an overview of the operating procedures for maintenance and<br />
troubleshooting purposes, function of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep<br />
the 14-P-220 Mud Pump working properly. Mechanical and hydraulic troubleshooting will also be included in this<br />
course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />
Equipment Operations<br />
Maintenance<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Fluid Power<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 61
MUD PUMPS - HEX 240 MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the HEX 240 mud pumps<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify facts concerning the basic design, specifications, performance and capacities of the HEX 240 pumping<br />
system<br />
Identify facts concerning major component design, installation and use for the HEX 240 pump housing, suction<br />
and discharge systems, fluid end expendables, and auxiliary systems<br />
Describe normal and emergency operation of the Hex pump and all auxiliaries using screens from Cyberbase,<br />
Siemens Touch Screen, and Amphion control systems<br />
Explain maintenance and lubrication schedules, use of specialized tools during maintenance operations, storage<br />
procedures, and fluid end torque sequence for the HEX 240 pump<br />
Identify facts concerning the change out procedures for the fluid end expendables on the HEX 240 pump<br />
As a team member demonstrate change out procedures for piston, liner, and fluid end module jewelry with<br />
minimal instructor assistance<br />
Identify troubleshooting procedures and techniques for main pump and all auxiliaries on the HEX 240 pumping<br />
system<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
In this course, the students will learn parts identification, pump specifications, operational limitations, installation, operation, periodic<br />
maintenance and inspection, troubleshooting of fluid and power end and replacement of fluid end expendables.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
System overview<br />
Component overview<br />
Operation<br />
Maintenance<br />
Change out procedures<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 29 - January 31 ................. Houston<br />
March 25 - March 27 ....................... Houston<br />
May 28 - May 30 ............................. Houston<br />
June 3 - June 5 ............................... Brazil<br />
July 16 - July 18 .............................. Houston<br />
September 17 - September 19 ........ Houston<br />
September 23 - September 25 ........ Brazil<br />
November 12 - November 14 .......... Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in Singapore.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 62
MUD PUMPS - P-SERIES MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance of the NOV 8 -P -80, 9 -P -100, 10 -P -130, 12 -P -220 and 14 -P -<br />
220 series mud pumps<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 Day - $750<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify major components and sub-systems<br />
Describe pre-start up operations and normal operations<br />
Identify specific scheduled maintenance actions and troubleshooting procedures<br />
Explain change out procedures of pistons, liners, and valves<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
In this course, the students will learn parts identification, pump specifications, operational limitations, installation,<br />
operation, periodic maintenance and inspection, troubleshooting of fluid and power end and replacement of fluid end<br />
expendables.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction and parts identification<br />
Pump specifications<br />
Operational limitations<br />
Installation<br />
Operation before start up<br />
Operation<br />
Care of equipment<br />
Periodic maintenance and inspection<br />
Repairs and replacement of parts<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil, Houston, Singapore, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s<br />
facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 63
MUD PUMPS - TRIPLEX - POWER END<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
his course is designed for all personnel that maintain the Mud Pump Triplex<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Obtain general knowledge about the Mud Pump Triplex purpose, construction and basics of operation.<br />
Recall how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />
Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the service manual<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The purpose of this course is to give the participants and overview of the components of the Mud Pump Triplex<br />
including the Power End.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction and parts identification<br />
Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />
Equipment Operations<br />
Equipment Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 64
PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (4I AND 8I MODELS)<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the pipe racking systems<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify common components and explain their various functions pertaining to the 4I and 8I PRS<br />
Explain the use of accessory tools for the 4I and 8I models<br />
Identify operation, maintenance and troubleshooting using hydraulic schematics for the 4I and 8I PRS<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course will cover a functional description, tool limitation, operational sequences, and tool setup. An overview of<br />
the hydraulic system is provided plus a detailed discussion of specific ISO hydraulic symbols utilized by NOV. The<br />
system schematics interconnect diagrams, and troubleshooting electronic systems will also be covered.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment overview and operation (4I & 8I Models)<br />
Routine maintenance (4I & 8I Models)<br />
Hydraulics and troubleshooting (4I & 8I Models)<br />
Accessory tools (4I & 8I Models)<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 21 - January 25 ................. Brazil<br />
February 11 - February 15 .............. Houston<br />
March 11 - March 15 ....................... Brazil<br />
April 1 - April 5................................. Houston<br />
May 13 - May 17 ............................. Brazil<br />
May 13 - May 17 ............................. Houston<br />
May 20 - May 24 ............................. Brazil<br />
July 8 - July 12 ................................ Brazil<br />
July 22 - July 26 .............................. Brazil<br />
August 26 - August 30 ..................... Houston<br />
September 2 - September 6 ............ Brazil<br />
September 16 - September 20 ........ Houston<br />
October 21 - October 25 ................. Brazil<br />
November 4 - November 8 .............. Houston<br />
November 4 - November 8 .............. Brazil<br />
December 16 - December 20 .......... Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil and Singapore.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 65
PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (4I MODEL)<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for all personnel responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the PRS-4i systemi.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Explain the equipment’s purpose and construction.<br />
Identify the major assemblies and sub-assemblies of the Pipe Racking System (PRS).<br />
List and describe the functions and operational procedures of the PRS.<br />
Describe general inspection and maintenance procedures for the PRS.<br />
Explain basic troubleshooting techniques for hydraulic circuits used in the PRS<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course covers operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of the 4i Pipe Racking System (PRS). The course<br />
includes a description of PRS system functionality in addition to discussion of operational sequences, tool setup, and<br />
tool limitations. An overview of the hydraulic system is provided, including a detailed discussion of specific ISO<br />
hydraulic symbols utilized by <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong>. The system hydraulic schematics will be explored as well as<br />
hydraulic component and hydraulic system troubleshooting.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Hydraulics Overview<br />
Equipment Overview<br />
Vertical Columns<br />
Column Movement Systems<br />
Hoisting & Counterbalance Systems<br />
Upper Arm<br />
Lower Arm<br />
Fingerboard<br />
Equipment Operation<br />
Accessory Tools<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 66
PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (6I MODEL)<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All personnel that operate, maintain, or troubleshoot the PRS-6i.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Describe the PRS-6i in general terms (range of application and function)<br />
Describe the main components of the PRS-6i<br />
Outline the machine’s control system<br />
Explain the functionality of keypads used for operating the machine<br />
Explain the machine’s operation modes and sequences<br />
Explain the various safety aspects/precautions related to maintenance<br />
Explain the machine’s routine inspections<br />
Explain the use of the machine’s lubrication chart<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of the PRS-6i. The course covers a<br />
functional description, tool limitation, operational sequences and tool setup. An overview of the hydraulic system is<br />
also provided.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Advantages of the PRS-6i<br />
Major Components of the PRS-6i<br />
Operations<br />
Maintenance<br />
Lubrication<br />
troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 67
PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (8I MODEL)<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for all personnel responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the PRS-8i system.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Explain the equipment’s purpose and construction.<br />
Identify the major assemblies and sub-assemblies of the Pipe Racking System (PRS).<br />
List and describe the functions and operational procedures of the PRS.<br />
Describe general inspection and maintenance procedures for the PRS.<br />
Explain basic troubleshooting techniques for hydraulic circuits used in the PRS<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course covers operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of the 8i Pipe Racking System (PRS). The course<br />
includes a description of PRS system functionality in addition to discussion of operational sequences, tool setup, and<br />
tool limitations. An overview of the hydraulic system is provided, including a detailed discussion of specific ISO<br />
hydraulic symbols utilized by <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong>. The system hydraulic schematics will be explored as well as<br />
hydraulic component and hydraulic system troubleshooting.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Hydraulics Overview<br />
Equipment Overview<br />
Vertical Columns<br />
Horizontal Drive System<br />
Lower Drive<br />
Upper Drive<br />
Lower Arm<br />
Upper Arm<br />
Hoist Carriage<br />
Fingerboard<br />
Equipment Operation<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 68
PIPECAT MACHINE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation, maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the PipeCAT Machine<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Explain the function, purpose and interaction of the major components of the PipeCAT Machine<br />
Identify normal operations, local operating and prestart preparations for the PipeCAT Machine<br />
Describe required procedures to repair, maintain and lubricate the PipeCAT Machine<br />
Identify operating and troubleshooting procedures using hydraulic and electrical schematics<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach personnel maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of PipeCAT Machine. In this<br />
course the student will receive an in-depth overview of the proper operating procedures. The student will also learn<br />
the functions of the mechanical, electrical and wireless systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep<br />
the equipment working properly. Troubleshooting of electrical, hydraulic, sensors, and control functions will be<br />
included in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Overview of equipment<br />
Equipment operation<br />
Routine maintenance<br />
Hydraulics and electrical<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 69
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
PC-7-47 PIPECAT LAYDOWN SYSTEM MECHAINICAL AND MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for personnel that maintain and troubleshoot the PC-7-47<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Obtain general knowledge about the equipment’s purpose, construction and manner of operation.<br />
Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />
Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user’s manual.<br />
Obtain a general understanding of equipment fluid power systems and troubleshooting.<br />
Perform practical activities to reinforce their theoretical knowledge<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach personnel operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of the PC-7-47<br />
PipeCat Laydown System. In this course the student will receive an overview of the operating procedures for<br />
maintenance and troubleshooting purposes, function of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule<br />
required to keep the PC-7-47 working properly. Mechanical and hydraulic troubleshooting will also be included in this<br />
course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />
Equipment Operations<br />
General Maintenance<br />
Fluid Power<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Hands-On Training<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 70
PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - APPLICATIONS OF ALLEN-BRADLEY<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Rig electricians working with Allen-Bradley PLC systems<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Define a PLC and its components<br />
Read and analyze ladder logic<br />
Determine and verify addressing<br />
Recognize internal or external faults<br />
Install and replace PLC components<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course will cover the hardware and the software of the Allen-Bradley PLC system including rack structure and<br />
components (local and remote), rig connections and troubleshooting of the PLC system, PLC internal faults and<br />
diagnostics, viewing and understanding the ladder logic program, the structure of the program and how Tech Power<br />
and IPS utilize it, as well as troubleshooting tools such as the Custom Data Monitors and Trending functions.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
PLC History<br />
RSLinx and RSLogix<br />
RSLogix programming<br />
Internal structure of the PLC<br />
Numbering systems<br />
Addressing<br />
Software structure<br />
PLC layout<br />
PLC’s in SCR control systems for TPC and IPS<br />
Block transfer<br />
Troubleshooting PLC and SCR system using RSLOGIX<br />
Maintaining PLC<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 11 - February 15 .............. Houston<br />
September 16 - September 20 ........ Houston<br />
November 4 - November 8 .............. Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 71
PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - APPLICATIONS OF SIEMENS<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Rig electricians working with PLC systems<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
List the basic functions, structure, and components of a PLC system.<br />
List the field to PLC interfaces (discreet/analog).<br />
Perform a license authorization procedure.<br />
Perform start up and configuration screen to determine I/) addresses.<br />
Describe functions of program elements.<br />
Configure communication parameters.<br />
Perform online upload/download procedures.<br />
Troubleshoot non-PLC system problems using online functions of Compare, Variable Table (VAT), Cross-<br />
Reference, Rewire.<br />
Explain differences between decimal, binary and hexadecimal numbering systems.<br />
Explain the use, purpose, and function of binary and hexadecimal numbering systems in PLCs.<br />
Define basic digital terminology, and explain I/O point addressing<br />
Define memory addressing terminology.<br />
Explain PLC program structures with emphasis on execution sequence.<br />
Explain data block structure and locate data using addressing.<br />
Create programs using basic program elements (symbols).<br />
Describe operations of ladder logic instructions and correlate with statement list equivalents.<br />
Explain the interconnections between PLC system components (topology).<br />
Describe the components and interconnection of fiber optic networks.<br />
Describe how PLC systems interface with and control various components in NOV systems through use of<br />
reference material.<br />
Troubleshoot PLC systems using PLC general status and error indicators.<br />
Use software diagnostics to troubleshoot PLC problems as well as list preventative maintenance procedures.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to familiarize new users with the Siemens S7 PLCs. Hardware components, programming<br />
concepts, and the basic programming languages are explained in order to teach methods of troubleshooting the PLC<br />
controlled systems. There are no prerequisites for this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
PLC history and components and PLC hardware<br />
Simatic manager, PLC and the program<br />
Numbering systems, Addressing<br />
Program elements, Program execution, Topology<br />
Networks, <strong>Varco</strong> systems, Maintenance<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 14 - January 18 .......................... Houston July 15 - July 19 ......................... Houston<br />
February 4 - February 8 ........................... Brazil August 26 - August 30 ................ Brazil<br />
February 25 – March 1 ............................. Houston August 28 - August 30 ................ Houston<br />
February 27 - March 2 .............................. Houston September 2 - September 6 ....... Brazil<br />
March 11 - March 15 ................................ Houston September 2 - September 6 ....... Brazil<br />
April 1 - April 5.......................................... Brazil September 23 - September 27 ... Houston<br />
April 15 - April 19 ...................................... Houston October 1 - October 5 ................ Montrose, UK<br />
May 6 - May 10 ........................................ Brazil October 7 - October 11 .............. Houston<br />
May 20 - May 24 ...................................... Houston November 11 - November 15 ..... Houston<br />
June 10 - June 14 .................................... Brazil December 2 - December 6 ......... Brazil<br />
June 24 - June 28 .................................... Houston December 9 - December 13 ....... Brazil<br />
July 1 - July 5 ........................................... Brazil December 16 - December 20 ..... Houston<br />
July 8 - July 12 ......................................... Brazil<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 72
PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - ADVANCED ALLEN-BRADLEY<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Rig Electricians working with PLC systems<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Learn to set up the hardware configuration for an Allen-Bradley SLC 500 PLC<br />
Hardware configuration<br />
Program elements and control<br />
Status elements<br />
Block transfer<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course will cover advanced troubleshooting and maintenance procedures for the Allen-Bradley PLC systems<br />
utilized in <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> Rig Equipment. The student will develop an understanding of advanced functions<br />
used in the Allen-Bradley PLC Systems and the Rockwell Automation Software.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
RSLinx/RSlogics<br />
Editing programs- ladder and editing rungs<br />
Remote I/O<br />
Special application instructions<br />
PID control<br />
RSLOGIX 500 reference<br />
Instruction reference<br />
Troubleshooting tools<br />
Maintenance and setup<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Applications of Allen-Bradley<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 73
PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - ADVANCED SIEMENS<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Rig electricians working with the Siemens S7 PLC<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Create a new program framework and load a finished program onto a Compact Flash card<br />
Identify the Statement List equivalents for common Ladder Diagram functions, and describe how Function Block<br />
Diagrams differ<br />
Use STL programming to create a flasher bit using two timers.<br />
Use STL programming to create logic using discrete input and outputs<br />
Use the troubleshooting tools provided with Simatic Manager to identify problems with rig systems<br />
Use STL programming for floating point math functions<br />
Use STL programming to create logic to read and manipulate analog inputs and analog outputs<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course will cover advanced troubleshooting and maintenance procedures for the Siemens PLC systems utilized<br />
in <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> Rig Equipment. The student will develop an understanding of advanced functions used in<br />
the Siemens S7–300 and S7–400 PLC systems. Topics will include Analog Signal calibration, Programming<br />
Structure, Advanced Components Diagnostics, Reference Data, System Configuration, Touch Screen Data, and<br />
Statement List Program Instructions. The student will also learn how to read Statement List Code and the Diagnostics<br />
of Statement List Operations.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Configuration<br />
Programming- Statement List equivalents and programming languages<br />
Comparison functions<br />
Tools- troubleshooting software, searching for addresses<br />
Step 7 reference<br />
Statement list instructions<br />
Function block diagram<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Applications of Siemens<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 21 - January 25 ................. Houston<br />
February 18 - February 22 .............. Brazil<br />
April 8 - April 12 ............................... Brazil<br />
April 22 - April 26 ............................. Houston<br />
May 13 - May 17 ............................. Brazil<br />
June 17 - June 21 ........................... Brazil<br />
July 15 - July 19 .............................. Brazil<br />
July 22 - July 26 .............................. Houston<br />
September 9 - September 13 .......... Brazil<br />
September 30 - October 4 ............... Houston<br />
October 14 - October 18 ................. Houston<br />
December 16 - December 20 .......... Brazil<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 74
PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - APPLICATION DIRECT SOFT DL340<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course provides Individuals who have little or no working experience with system. This is also for individuals who<br />
work as maintenance technicians and personnel who are responsible for the operation.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Define a PLC and its components<br />
Read and analyze ladder logic<br />
Determine and verify addressing<br />
Recognize internal and external faults<br />
Install and replace PLC components<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to provide student with knowledge and skills needed to accomplish work related to the<br />
system. Participants will become familiar with various types of controls & PLC, systems operation, troubleshooting,<br />
terminology, and programs interpretation.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Distinguishing configuration<br />
Identifying common procedures<br />
Identifying common functionality<br />
General characteristics of controls<br />
Definition of a control system<br />
Interpreting Electrical & Ladder Diagram<br />
Trouble shooting and maintenance<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil and Singapore.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 75
PNEUMATICS FUNDAMENTALS WITH TROUBLESHOOTING<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Any rig personnel required to learn pneumatic system fundamentals and basic pneumatic troubleshooting skills.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Understand and describe basic pneumatics theory, with emphasis on component and circuit functions and<br />
related measurement instrumentation.<br />
Demonstrate circuit analysis in schematics and diagrams using symbol recognition and tracing circuit paths.<br />
Perform circuit parameter measurements.<br />
Demonstrate use of various troubleshooting and process measurement techniques.<br />
Relate the schematic drawing to where physical measurements need to be taken.<br />
Perform conversions between Metric and Imperial measurement systems.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to give the student a solid overview of pneumatic fundamentals. It will include, but will not be<br />
limited to the following topics: Pascal’s and Boyle’s laws and the units of pressure and flow measurement and the<br />
development of differential pressures. The student will develop an understanding of simple and moderately complex<br />
pneumatic circuits. Students will build circuits and use test equipment to troubleshoot problems in order to gain the<br />
practical experience required to locate and solve pneumatic problems on drilling equipment. The training sessions are<br />
designed to include a discussion of pneumatic fundamentals followed by a practical lab session to reinforce the<br />
student’s learning.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Safety<br />
Pressure, force, volume, flow rate and differential pressure relationships<br />
How to use a digital tachometer<br />
Measurement techniques for circuit components<br />
Hands on circuit construction from schematics including troubleshooting<br />
Simple circuit fault analysis<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
April 1 - April 5 ................................ Brazil<br />
April 8 - April 12 ............................... Brazil<br />
April 15 - April 19 ............................. Brazil<br />
May 6 - May 10 ............................... Brazil<br />
May 20 - May 24 ............................. Brazil<br />
June 3 - June 7 ............................... Brazil<br />
June 10 - June 14 ........................... Brazil<br />
July 15 - July 19 .............................. Brazil<br />
July 22 - July 26 .............................. Brazil<br />
September 2 - September 6 ............ Brazil<br />
September 9 - September 13 .......... Brazil<br />
December 9 - December 13 ............ Brazil<br />
December 16 - December 20 .......... Brazil<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 76
PS 21/30 POWER SLIPS FOR MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Maintenance Personnel.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify, locate, and explain the functional design of each component.<br />
Follow procedures and precautions during installation and commissioning.<br />
Execute proper maintenance procedures for components and systems.<br />
Demonstrate proper troubleshooting techniques.<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This is a two day training course designed for Maintenance Personnel, covering setup, operation, maintenance and<br />
troubleshooting on the <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> PS21/30 Power Slips<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment Overview<br />
Fill up and circulation<br />
Preparation and rig-up<br />
Operation<br />
Maintenance and Inspection<br />
Hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Written and Spoken English<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 27 - February 28 .............. Montrose, UK<br />
June 11 - June 12 ...... ..................... Montrose, UK<br />
October 1 - October 2 ..................... Montrose, UK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 77
PS 21/30 POWER SLIPS FOR MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL & BX ELEVATORS<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Maintenance Personnel.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
4 Days - $2,850<br />
POWER SLIPS LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify, locate, and explain the functional design of each component.<br />
Follow procedures and precautions during installation and commissioning.<br />
Execute proper maintenance procedures for components and systems.<br />
Demonstrate proper troubleshooting techniques.<br />
BX ELEVATOR LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify, locate, and explain the function of each component<br />
Follow procedures and precautions during installation and commissioning<br />
Explain proper maintenance procedures for components and systems<br />
Demonstrate proper maintenance and troubleshooting techniques<br />
Tear down, inspect, and rebuild with minimal instructor assistance<br />
Identify hydraulic functions of the BX Elevator using schematics<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
POWER SLIPS COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This is a two day training course designed for Maintenance Personnel, covering setup, operation, maintenance and<br />
troubleshooting on the <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> PS21/30 Power Slips<br />
BX ELEVATOR COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is primarily a lecture course with hands-on activities. The students will learn about the unit components,<br />
controls, operation sequences, routine maintenance, and safety for NOV BX Elevator.<br />
POWER SLIPS COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment Overview<br />
Fill up and circulation<br />
Preparation and rig-up<br />
Operation<br />
Maintenance and Inspection<br />
Hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />
BX ELEVATOR COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Equipment overview<br />
Installation and commissioning<br />
Operations<br />
Maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Written and Spoken English<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 21 - January 23 ................. Brazil<br />
February 27 - March 1 ..................... Montrose, UK<br />
March 25 - March 27 ....................... Brazil<br />
May 27 - May 29 ............................. Brazil<br />
June 11 - June 14 ......................... . Montrose, UK<br />
July 29 - July 31 .............................. Brazil<br />
October 1 - October 4 .................... Montrose, UK<br />
October 28 - October 30 ................. Brazil<br />
December 2 - December 4 .............. Brazil<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 78
RIG FLOOR EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for individuals that need an introductory overview of the land drilling rig and those who are<br />
new to the land drilling rig industry.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 Day - No Cost<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify major system components of a land drilling rig, where those components are located, and their functions.<br />
Identify new technology being used on land drilling rigs.<br />
Get a short summary of US oil field history.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course will provide the student with general knowledge about the systems used on land drilling rigs, major<br />
components of each of the systems, and the functions the systems perform. By the conclusion of the course, the<br />
student will have a general understanding of how the process of drilling to oil reservoirs within the earth and bringing<br />
the oil to the earth’s surface is accomplished.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Land rig systems<br />
Hoisting system<br />
Rotating system<br />
Circulating system<br />
Drill Stem<br />
Power system<br />
Blowout prevention system<br />
New Technology<br />
Top drive<br />
Power slips<br />
Power tongs<br />
History of Drilling<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 15 ........................ Houston<br />
February 19 ....................... Houston<br />
March 26 ........................... Houston<br />
May 28 .............................. Houston<br />
July 9 ................................. Houston<br />
September 3 ..................... Houston<br />
November 19..................... Houston<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 79
RIG OVERVIEW - OFFSHORE DRILLING AND PRODUCTION<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Individuals that are new to drilling and production processes and equipment used offshore<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 Day - No Cost<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Water depth markers<br />
Types of wells drilled<br />
Rig and general equipment types as related to water depth markers<br />
Rig operational equipment and motion compensation<br />
Different production options<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This class is a generalized overview of Offshore Drilling and Production Rigs designed to give the participant a basic<br />
understanding of Offshore Drilling equipment, methods and to be able to identify the type of equipment to drill an oil or<br />
gas well offshore. It is slightly technical in nature, however, easily understood by those with a basic knowledge of the<br />
drilling industry. (The NOV Land Rig course is a good pre-requisite) The student will be able to identify the different types<br />
of offshore rigs and why they are used.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Offshore wells<br />
Platform and jack-up rigs<br />
Moored semi-submersible with guidelines<br />
Moored drill-ship with guidelines<br />
Dynamically positioned semi and drill-ship<br />
Production methods<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 17 ........................ Houston<br />
February 11 ....................... Houston<br />
March 28 ........................... Houston<br />
May 30 .............................. Houston<br />
July 11 ............................... Houston<br />
September 5 ..................... Houston<br />
November 21..................... Houston<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 80
RIGSENSE 2.0 OPERATORS COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is specifically designed for the rig drilling personnel (drillers, assistant drillers, toolpushers).<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
How to set up and end well<br />
How to use Alarms<br />
How to use Pipe Tally<br />
Using RigSense IADC Report<br />
Printing Reports<br />
Using Canned Notes<br />
Extracting Well Data<br />
Printing Well Data/Logs<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course is designed to provide personnel with training in the operation of the RigSense Version 2.0 drilling data<br />
system.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
General System overview<br />
RigSense 2.0 screen overview<br />
Touch screen and Computer navigation<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil and Cedar Park.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 81
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - INTEGRATED POWER SYSTEM INTERMEDIATE (IPS)<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
The IPS (International Power System) SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> is designed for NOV personnel that operate,<br />
maintain and troubleshoot the International Power System.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Restate the functions of the generator cubicle.<br />
Identify the power paths within the generator cubicle.<br />
Define the function and list the devices of the Synchronization cubicle.<br />
Identify the layout and functional sub-units of the generator control rack.<br />
Describe the function, panel layout and controls of metering module, voltage regulator module, governor module,<br />
engine alarm module and auto start/sync module.<br />
Understand the procedures for Operation and Programming of metering module, voltage regulator module,<br />
governor module, engine alarm module and auto start/sync module.<br />
Describe the function and operation of Common Elements, i.e. battery and charging equipment, sync panel and<br />
ground detector panel.<br />
Identify and Explain Rectifier and SCR principles and circuits.<br />
Identify the layout and functional sub-units of the SCR Cubicle.<br />
Describe Gate pulse generation and Phase control.<br />
Describe the operational control of the SCR Cubicle to including inputs, current and rate limits, motor speed<br />
control and operation with power limit and load sharing mode.<br />
Demonstrate proficiency in the operation and programming of the control module to include test panel, conditions<br />
for operation, and programming the SCR module.<br />
Describe the function and layout of the Service Cubicle.<br />
Identify the Power circuits and Load assignments for the DC Power, contractors and drive systems, and dynamic<br />
braking circuits.<br />
Describe the principle of operation for the Regeneration system.<br />
Demonstrate troubleshooting abilities for the IPS system in the areas of symptom recognition and common<br />
failures<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The IPS (International Power System) SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> is designed to provide the participant an<br />
Intermediate understanding of IPS SCR Drive system fundamentals, Operation and Maintenance, and basic<br />
troubleshooting.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
SCR History, IPS Block Diagram<br />
Generator Cubicle, Initial Setup for Pots and Jumpers, Metering Module<br />
Engine and Generator Controls, Generator Interconnects<br />
Synchronizing/Closing the Generator Circuit Breaker<br />
Power Limit, DC Section Overview<br />
Bridge Operation, Replacing SCR’s<br />
Assignments, Field Supplies<br />
Driller’s Console, Ground Fault<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 11 - February 15 ..................... Houston<br />
April 1 - April 5 ........................................ Brazil<br />
May 13 - May 17 ..................................... Houston<br />
June 17 - June 21 ................................... Brazil<br />
June 24 - June 28 ................................... Houston<br />
August 12 - August 16 ............................ Brazil<br />
September 16 - September 20 ............... Houston<br />
October 7 - October 11 ........................... Brazil<br />
November 25 - November 29 ................. Brazil<br />
December 2 - December 6 ..................... Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 82
SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - ROSS HILL ADVANCED<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for electricians, assistant electricians, motormen, and tool pushers.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Explain the circuitry of the AC Regulating Module.<br />
o Analyze the Power Calculation circuits.<br />
o Examine the Power Limit circuits.<br />
o Define the Calibration procedures for Power Limit.<br />
o Analyze the Voltage Regulation circuits.<br />
o Define the Calibration procedures for Voltage Regulation.<br />
o Analyze the Speed Regulation circuits.<br />
o Define the Calibration procedures for Speed Regulation.<br />
o Examine the Protection circuits.<br />
Explain the circuitry of the DC Regulating Module.<br />
o Analyze the Speed Regulation circuits.<br />
o Develop speed calculation for DC Traction motors.<br />
o Analyze the Current Regulation circuits.<br />
o Define the Calibration of Current Limit.<br />
o Analyze the Firing Circuits for the SCR’s.<br />
Develop Troubleshooting Techniques through SCR Simulator operation and problem solving.<br />
Examine Field Supplies operation and circuitry.<br />
Examine Dynamic Brake circuits and operation<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course builds on the knowledge obtained by students in the Intermediate SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong>. The<br />
Advanced SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> includes a training manual and an excellent electrical reference text for each<br />
student. The Advanced <strong>Course</strong> has theory and practical sessions each day.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
In depth AC/ DC Module Design and Operation<br />
Lab Safety<br />
Daily Troubleshooting labs<br />
O scope operation<br />
Detailed Dynamic Break Operation<br />
Operation of sprocket slip card<br />
Basic/ Active Field Supply Operation<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> - Generator Controls Intermediate (Ross Hill)<br />
SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> - SCR Controls Intermediate (Ross Hill)<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 28 - February 1 .................. Houston<br />
March 18 - March 22 ....................... Houston<br />
April 22 - April 26 ............................. Houston<br />
June 17 - June 21 ........................... Houston<br />
July 29 - August 2 ........................... Houston<br />
August 19 - August 23 ..................... Houston<br />
October 21 - October 25 ................. Houston<br />
November 18 - November 22 .......... Houston<br />
December 10 - December 14 .......... Houston<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 83
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - ROSS HILL INTERMEDIATE (GENERATOR CONTROLS)<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Ross Hill Generator Controls.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
List the major components pertaining to engine/generator controls in a Ross Hill SCR System<br />
Briefly define KW, KVA, KVAR and power factor<br />
Explain basic control loop functionality and troubleshooting of the AC Control Modules (Standard, ACII and EGIII)<br />
Explain the theory of operation of power limit circuits and how to troubleshoot them<br />
List the purposes and types of protection circuitry provided in the AC Control Modules<br />
Explain basic control and troubleshooting of engine/generator sets<br />
Explain how to synchronize a generator and put it online<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course includes details in teaching the fundamentals, schematics, and basic troubleshooting associated with<br />
Engine and Generator controls, Power Limit circuits, Power Factor Correction, protection circuits and Load sharing<br />
and Synchronization of Generators. This will also include an in depth analysis of the standard AC control module.<br />
This course will include the latest in Engine/Generator control modules.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
History<br />
Previous Drilling Systems<br />
Ross Hill Basic Block Diagrams<br />
Power Limit<br />
Actuators<br />
H.O.C.<br />
Master/Slave<br />
Overview of Generator and Standard AC Module<br />
Control Loops<br />
Generator Interconnect<br />
Sync Circuit/ Check Board<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 14 - January 18 ................. Houston<br />
January 28 - February 1 .................. Brazil<br />
March 4 - March 8 ........................... Houston<br />
April 8 - April 12 ............................... Brazil<br />
April 8 - April 12 ............................... Houston<br />
May 13 - May 17 ............................. Brazil<br />
June 3 - June 7 ............................... Houston<br />
July 15 - July 19 .............................. Brazil<br />
July 15 - July 19 .............................. Houston<br />
July 29 - August 2 ........................... Brazil<br />
August 5 - August 9 ......................... Houston<br />
September 2 - September 6 ............ Brazil<br />
September 16 - September 20 ........ Brazil<br />
October 7 - October 11 ................... Houston<br />
October 28 - November 1 ................ Brazil<br />
November 4 - November 8 .............. Houston<br />
December 2 - December 6 .............. Brazil<br />
December 2 - December 6 .............. Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in Singapore, Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 84
SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - ROSS HILL INTERMEDIATE (SCR CONTROLS)<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance on Ross Hill SCR Systems.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Explain how the Ross Hill SCR System controls<br />
o Assignment logic for drilling applications<br />
o The SCR Bridge<br />
o DC motors used in drilling applications<br />
o The Drawworks Dynamic Brake<br />
Explain Theory of Operation of<br />
o Silicone Controlled Rectifiers<br />
o The Sprocket Slip PCB<br />
o The Dual Timer PCB<br />
o The Ground Fault Circuit<br />
o Field Supplies<br />
Not Measured: Apply knowledge acquired in the course to troubleshooting real world system problems.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course was previously the last 2 1/2 days of the Intermediate SCR Maintenance course. This has now been<br />
expanded to include more detail in teaching the fundamentals, schematics, and basic troubleshooting associated with<br />
current SCR controls. This course will include the latest in SCR control modules and configurations. Maintenance<br />
personnel should attend this course before being enrolled in the Advanced SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong>. Do not consider<br />
the Intermediate DC Drive Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> a basic course that can be bypassed. The information covered in the<br />
Intermediate DC Drive Maintenance course is not covered in the Advanced SCR Maintenance course. It is<br />
recommended that an individual complete the Ross Hill Intermediate DC Drive Maintenance course and the Ross Hill<br />
Intermediate Engine/Generator Controls Maintenance course within the last three years before enrolling in the Ross Hill<br />
Advanced SCR Maintenance course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
SCR System Overview, Basic DC Module operation<br />
Current feedback development, Voltage Feedback<br />
Importance of Phasing, Contactor Logic<br />
Sprocket Slip theory, Driller console Operation<br />
Dynamic Brake and Field supplies<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 21 - January 25 ....................... Houston<br />
February 4 - February 8 ........................ Brazil<br />
March 11 - March 15 ............................. Houston<br />
April 15 - April 19 ................................... Brazil<br />
April 15 - April 19 ................................... Houston<br />
May 20 - May 24 ................................... Brazil<br />
June 10 - June 14 ................................. Houston<br />
July 22 - July 26 .................................... Brazil<br />
July 22 - July 26 .................................... Houston<br />
August 5 - August 9 ............................... Brazil<br />
August 12 - August 16 ........................... Houston<br />
September 9 - September 13 ................ Brazil<br />
September 23 - September 27 .............. Brazil<br />
October 14 - October 18 ....................... Houston<br />
November 4 - November 8 .................... Brazil<br />
November 11 - November 15 ................ Houston<br />
December 9 - December 13 .................. Brazil<br />
December 9 - December 13 .................. Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in Singapore, Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 85
SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - TECH POWER INTERMEDIATE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Tech Power SCR Systems<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify and explain the proper operation, maintenance and troubleshooting techniques for the Model 1400 SCR<br />
system<br />
Classify AC systems to include AC module, generator controls, engine controls, power limit and sync circuit<br />
Distinguish the DC systems to include SCR bridge, DC module and drilling applications<br />
Categorize auxiliary circuits and components to include driller’s console, MCC logic, dynamic brake and ground<br />
fault<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to provide the information necessary to maintain and troubleshoot a typical Tech Power SCR<br />
system. The course includes the AC side which is the AC module, Generator controls, Engine Controls, Power Limit,<br />
and the Sync circuit, the DC side which includes, SCR Bridge, DC module, and Drilling Applications, and Auxiliary<br />
Circuits which includes Driller’s Console, MCC logic, Dynamic Brake and Ground fault detection. The system<br />
troubleshooting and schematics will be wholly based on the Tech Power SCR system. Generator controls and<br />
calibration, SCR controls and calibration, consoles, and auxiliary equipment will be covered. PLC Maintenance and<br />
Troubleshooting is suggested as an additional course if your system contains a PLC. (Refer to the Allen -Bradley PLC<br />
<strong>Course</strong> schedule)<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Power limit and factor<br />
Generator Controls<br />
AC/ DC Module Operation<br />
SCR cubicle and SCR bridge<br />
Contactor Logic and Dynamic Braking<br />
PLC Interface<br />
MP Synchronizers and ground fault circuit<br />
Drillers Console<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 4 - February 8 ........................ Houston<br />
May 8 - May 10 ..................................... Houston<br />
September 9 - September 13 ................ Houston<br />
October 28 - November 1 ...................... Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 86
SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - TECH POWER ADVANCED<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Tech Power SCR Systems<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Setup parameters for the engine/generator set on the Generator Calibration Board<br />
Calibrate the Bus Overload and Monitor Board (Power Limit) and the load monitor and slip detector board<br />
Troubleshoot engine/generator control problems for mud pumps, drawworks and top drives using Tech Power<br />
Simulator<br />
Troubleshoot problems on the bus overload and monitor board and load monitor and slip detector board using<br />
Tech Power Simulator<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course integrates Theory and Simulator operation for calibration of the AC Module, Bus Overload board, and DC<br />
Module Load Monitor Board, along with understanding Power calculations and Oscilloscope Operation. The student<br />
will listen to the theory then perform the calibration or troubleshooting exercise. The prerequisites for this course<br />
include the Tech Power Intermediate SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> and having a basic understanding of PLCs. If a<br />
student does not have previous experience with PLCs, he must attend the Allen -Bradley PLC Applications for Rig<br />
System course before enrolling in this course. Because of the intense lab and troubleshooting exercises required for<br />
this course, the number of students is limited to the first six enrollments.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Power Triangle Formulas<br />
CT Circuit Diagram<br />
EG-II AC Control Module Current Demodulator Block Diagram<br />
Exciter and Current Transducer Panel Schematic<br />
Power Limit Block Diagram<br />
Bus Overload and Monitor Block<br />
Generator Voltage Control and Regulation Block Diagram<br />
DC Module Block Diagram and Theory of Operation<br />
Load Monitor and Slip Detector Block Diagram<br />
Mud Pump Synchronizer<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> - Tech Power Intermediate<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 87
SHAFFER 5TH GEN BOP MUX ELECTRICAL CONTROLS<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Shaffer 5 th Gen BOP MUX electrical control<br />
system<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Operation of the BOP MUX Controller System<br />
Understanding of system components and communications<br />
Identification of faults and problems<br />
Understanding of remedial actions<br />
Understanding of routine maintenance<br />
Awareness of safety considerations of tasks<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
In this course, students will learn the various components of the system, topology, operations, communications, and<br />
diagnostics for the 5th Generation BOP MUX Control System. Students will also learn the components, and how they<br />
interconnect, communicate, monitor faults, and display information. Fourth and fifth generation control systems will be<br />
discussed. This course offers hands-on laboratory exercises to reinforce lectures and discussions.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
System Overview<br />
Terminology and definitions<br />
Series 90-70 PLCs<br />
Series 90-30 PLCs<br />
Genius bus devices<br />
GE Fanuc VersaMAX I/O<br />
Stahl Remote I/O<br />
Engineering workstation<br />
Genius modular redundancy<br />
Machine Edition programming software<br />
Silvertech genius block H-carriers<br />
Gutor uninterruptible power supply<br />
CCC simulation (oyster terminal)<br />
Fault finding lab exercises<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 14 - January 18 ....................... Houston July 15 - July 19 ........................... Houston<br />
January 28 - February 1 ........................ Houston July 29 - August 2 ........................ Houston<br />
February 11 - February 15 .................... Houston August 12 - August 16 .................. Houston<br />
February 25 - March 1 ........................... Houston August 26 - August 30 .................. Houston<br />
March 11 - March 15 ............................. Houston September 9 - September 13 ....... Houston<br />
March 18 - March 22 ............................. Houston September 23 - September 27 ..... Houston<br />
April 15 - April 19 ................................... Houston October 7 - October 11 ................ Houston<br />
April 29 - May 3 ..................................... Houston October 21 - October 25 .............. Houston<br />
May 13 - May 17 ................................... Houston November 4 - November 8 ........... Houston<br />
May 20 - May 24 ................................... Houston December 2 - December 6 ........... Houston<br />
June 10 - June 14 ................................. Houston December 16 - December 20 ....... Houston<br />
June 24 - June 28 ................................. Houston<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 88
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
SHAFFER EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL (SHAFFER RUCKER MOTION COMPENSATION)<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Shaffer Motion Compensation equipment<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
2 Days - $2,000<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify the purpose of Shaffer DSCs, CMCs, and MRTs.<br />
Identify different models of Shaffer Motion Compensation equipment.<br />
Describe the safety hazards when operating the Shaffer Motion Compensation equipment and the best practices<br />
and procedures to avoid those hazards.<br />
Outline basic maintenance procedures for the Shaffer Motion Compensation equipment, including auxiliary APV<br />
bottles and control panels<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to introduce and create knowledge and understanding of unit components, operation<br />
sequences, routine maintenance, and safety while testing and performing maintenance functions on Shaffer Motion<br />
Compensation equipment. Troubleshooting of the equipment is a critical area of focus.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Motion Compensation Theory<br />
600K to 1000K CMC<br />
400K DSC<br />
600K DSC Standard<br />
Riser Tensioners<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 89
SHAFFER EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL (SURFACE TYPE EQUIPMENT)<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Shaffer surface type equipment to include<br />
land, jack-up and platform applications<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify and understand the purpose of surface equipment<br />
Identify different Shaffer spherical, rams, and valves<br />
Repair and maintain Shaffer surface equipment<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to introduce and create knowledge and understanding of unit components, operation<br />
sequences, routine maintenance, and safety while testing and performing maintenance functions on Shaffer Surface<br />
type BOP’s. Troubleshooting of the equipment is a critical area of focus. If the course is held in Houston there will be<br />
hands on training on the Rams, Annulars, Manifold Valves and Control System Hydraulic Valves.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Shaffer spherical seminar<br />
Shaffer all models RAM type BOPs<br />
NOV 13-5/8” 10M LXT and Shaffer 21-1/4” 5M RAM type BOP’s<br />
Surface BOP controls<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 19 - February 21 .............. Houston<br />
March 25 - March 27 ....................... Houston<br />
May 28 – May 30 ............................. Houston<br />
September 3 - September 5 ............ Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 90
SHAFFER EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL COURSE (SUB SEA EQUIPMENT)<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for Toolpushers, Drillers, Assistant Drillers, Mechanics, Roughnecks, and Sub Sea<br />
Engineers.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify the major components of the Shaffer sub-sea equipment.<br />
Use the user manuals to properly maintain and inspect the equipment.<br />
Use the troubleshooting techniques taught in the class to assist problem solving.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to introduce and create knowledge and understanding of unit components, operation<br />
sequences, routine maintenance, and safety while testing and performing maintenance functions on Shaffer Sub Sea<br />
Equipment. Troubleshooting of the equipment is a critical area of focus. If the course is held in Houston there will be<br />
hands on training on the Rams, Annulars, Manifold Valves and Control System Hydraulic Valves.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Shaffer Sub Sea BOP Stack 5 th Generation<br />
Shaffer Gate Valve<br />
Shaffer Spherical Blowout Preventer and Test<br />
Shaffer Diverter<br />
SLX and NXT Ram Type Blowout Preventer and Test<br />
Locking Systems – Ultra Lock IIB and Poslock 22”<br />
Shaffer FT-H Riser and DT-Riser<br />
Blowout Preventer Control System Introduction<br />
Pod Schematic Symbology<br />
4 th Generation MUX and Exercise<br />
5 th Generation MUX<br />
HPU and Diverter Units<br />
MUX Cable Reels and Test<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 14 - January 18 ................. Houston June 24 - June 28 ........................ Houston<br />
January 28 - February 1 .................. Houston July 15 - July 19 ........................... Houston<br />
February 4 - February 8 .................. Brazil July 29 - August 2 ........................ Houston<br />
February 11 - February 15 .............. Houston August 5 - August 9 ...................... Brazil<br />
February 18 - February 22 .............. Brazil August 12 - August 16 .................. Brazil<br />
February 25 - March 1 ..................... Houston August 12 - August 16 .................. Houston<br />
March 11 - March 15 ....................... Houston August 26 - August 30 .................. Houston<br />
March 18 - March 22 ....................... Houston September 9 - September 13 ....... Houston<br />
April 1 - April 5................................. Brazil September 23 - September 27 ..... Houston<br />
April 1 - April 5................................. Houston October 7 - October 11 ................ Houston<br />
April 8 - April 12 ............................... Brazil October 14 - October 18 .............. Brazil<br />
April 15 – April 19 ............................ Houston October 21 - October 25 .............. Brazil<br />
April 29 - May 3 ............................... Houston October 21 - October 25 .............. Houston<br />
May 13 - May 17 ............................. Houston November 11 - November 15 ....... Houston<br />
May 20 - May 24 ............................. Houston December 2 - December 6 ........... Brazil<br />
June 3 - June 7 ............................... Brazil December 2 - December 6 ........... Houston<br />
June 10 - June 14 ........................... Brazil December 9 - December 13 ......... Brazil<br />
June 10 - June 14 ........................... Houston December 16 - December 20 ....... Houston<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 91
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 8 ELECTRICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Electrical maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of<br />
diagnostic data.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the TDS-8 top drive<br />
Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information.<br />
Explain the equipment’s purpose<br />
Identify the equipment’s components.<br />
Explain the equipment’s construction.<br />
Understand/explain the operation of the equipment.<br />
Utilize the safety codes and dangerous areas of the equipment.<br />
Explain how to perform maintenance on the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This five day course covers all the electrical components and circuits of the TDS-8. This course will familiarize the<br />
students with the electrical operation, component functionality, technical documents/drawings, and troubleshooting<br />
techniques necessary to maintain the TDS-8 and its electrical components. The course will also give an overview of<br />
the use of the Cyberbase Chair for TDS control/operation, cover the SBC controller in depth and give an overview of<br />
the interfaced ABB Variable Frequency Drive (in-depth ABB training is covered in a separate course). The SBC<br />
section will cover the overall system and components, Profibus DP and Ethernet networks and the single board<br />
controller operations and diagnostics. Systems screen displays will be analyzed for information pertaining to<br />
maintenance and troubleshooting.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS 8<br />
Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler<br />
Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Electrical control system and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication<br />
Auxiliary electrical systems<br />
Variable Frequency Drives overview<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Montrose (UK) and Singapore.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 92
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 8 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,650<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between different Top Drive models<br />
Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the TDS 8SA top drive<br />
Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />
Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />
Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot hydraulic schematics<br />
List and explain abbreviations used when describing the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This three day course will cover the operations and functional design of the TDS 8SA top drive’s components,<br />
systems, lubrication, maintenance, adjustment, troubleshooting techniques, ISO Hydraulic/pneumatic symbols and<br />
standard top drive hydraulic schematics.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS 8SA<br />
Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler<br />
Load bearing components<br />
Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Montrose (UK).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 93
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDS 8 SA & 1000 ELECTRICAL<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Electrical maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of<br />
diagnostic data.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the TDS-8 top drive<br />
Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information.<br />
Explain the equipment’s purpose<br />
Identify the equipment’s components.<br />
Explain the equipment’s construction.<br />
Understand/explain the operation of the equipment.<br />
Utilize the safety codes and dangerous areas of the equipment.<br />
Explain how to perform maintenance on the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by NOV’s Product Information Bulletins (PIBs).<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This five day course covers all the electrical components and circuits. This course will familiarize the students with the<br />
electrical operation, component functionality, technical documents/drawings, and troubleshooting techniques<br />
necessary to maintain the Top Drive and its electrical components. The course will also give an overview of the use<br />
of the Cyberbase Chair for TDS control/operation, cover the SBC controller in depth and give an overview of the<br />
interfaced ABB Variable Frequency Drive (in-depth ABB training is covered in a separate course). The SBC section<br />
will cover the overall system and components, Profibus DP and Ethernet networks and the single board controller<br />
operations and diagnostics. Systems screen displays will be analyzed for information pertaining to maintenance and<br />
troubleshooting.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS 8 & 1000<br />
Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler<br />
Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Electrical control system and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication<br />
Auxiliary electrical systems<br />
Variable Frequency Drives overview<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 16 - January 20 ................. Singapore<br />
March 19 - March 23 ....................... Singapore<br />
May 28 - June 1 .............................. Singapore<br />
June 25 - June 29 ........................... Singapore<br />
September 10 - September 14 ........ Singapore<br />
December 10 - December 14 .......... Singapore<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 94
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 8 AND 1000 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the TDS 8 & 1000 drilling<br />
system<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the AC Top Drives 8 and 1000<br />
Explain the operation of the AC Top Drives 8 and 1000 using the <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> drillers console<br />
Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the AC TDS 8 & 1000<br />
Given product manual, hand tools, and wash-pipe successfully teardown, inspect, and rebuild with minimal<br />
instructor assistance<br />
Using the lubrication circuit schematic properly identify flow path and parts<br />
Recognize when repairs are needed for the AC TDS 8 & 1000<br />
Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a<br />
schematic<br />
Analyze proper troubleshooting procedures for the TDS 8 and 1000 using hydraulic schematics<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is primarily a lecture course with minimal hands-on activities. The students will receive an overview of the<br />
hydraulic systems, a review of hydraulic symbols and an understanding of hydraulic schematics. The students will<br />
also learn how to troubleshoot the TDS 8 & 1000 hydraulic systems. The course will cover top drive components,<br />
functions of the mechanical systems and lubrication schedules.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Overview of Equipment<br />
Equipment operation<br />
Maintenance<br />
Hydraulic<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 7 - January 11 ................... Brazil<br />
January 7 - January 11 ................... Houston<br />
February 4 - February 8 .................. Houston<br />
March 18 - March 22 ....................... Brazil<br />
March 18 - March 22 ....................... Houston<br />
April 1 - April 5................................. Houston<br />
May 6 - May 10 ............................... Brazil<br />
May 6 - May 10 ............................... Houston<br />
June 17 - June 21 ........................... Houston<br />
July 1 - July 5 .................................. Brazil<br />
August 19 - August 23 ..................... Houston<br />
September 9 - September 13 .......... Houston<br />
September 16 - September 20 ........ Brazil<br />
October 28 - November 1 ................ Houston<br />
November 4 - November 8 .............. Brazil<br />
December 9 - December 13 ............ Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in UK, Singapore, Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a<br />
customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 95
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 9 AND 11 ELECTRICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Electrical maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of<br />
diagnostic data.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to<br />
be taken when operating the AC top drive<br />
Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information.<br />
Explain the equipment’s purpose<br />
Identify the equipment’s components.<br />
Explain the equipment’s construction.<br />
Understand/explain the operation of the equipment.<br />
Utilize the safety codes and dangerous areas of the equipment.<br />
Explain how to perform maintenance on the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This five day course covers all the electrical components and circuits of the AC TDS. This course will familiarize the<br />
students with the electrical operation, component functionality, technical documents/drawings, and troubleshooting<br />
techniques necessary to maintain the AC Top Drive and its electrical components. An actual Top Drive Stand Alone<br />
Control Panel and interfaced Variable Frequency Drive will be used to conduct hands on exercises and labs that<br />
include; Digital/Analog device testing, Indicator testing and program uploads/downloads. The labs are designed for<br />
the customer to be able to visually see the panel inputs, faults, and how the PLC interfaces with the AC Drive<br />
Controller. In order for the customer to have an optimum experience in this class, it is recommended but not required,<br />
that the student have basic knowledge of Siemens Step 7 software.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS 9 and 11, Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler, Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Electrical control system and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication, Auxiliary electrical systems<br />
Variable Frequency Drives<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 11 - February 15 ................. Montrose, UK<br />
July 15 - July 19 ................................. Montrose, UK<br />
November 25 - November 29 ............. Montrose, UK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 96
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 9 AND 11 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 days- $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the AC top drive<br />
Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />
Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />
Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot hydraulic schematics<br />
List and explain abbreviations used when describing the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This three day course will cover the operations and functional design of the AC top drive’s components, systems,<br />
lubrication, maintenance, adjustment, troubleshooting techniques, ISO Hydraulic/pneumatic symbols and standard<br />
top drive hydraulic schematics.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS 9SA and 11SA<br />
Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler<br />
Load bearing components<br />
Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
March 8 - March 8 .............................. Montrose, UK<br />
July 3 - July 5 ..................................... Montrose, UK<br />
November 13 - November 15 ............. Montrose, UK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 97
TOP DRIVE, TDS 9, 10 & 11 SA ELECTRICAL<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Electrical maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of<br />
diagnostic data.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to<br />
be taken when operating the AC top drive<br />
Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information.<br />
Explain the equipment’s purpose<br />
Identify the equipment’s components.<br />
Explain the equipment’s construction.<br />
Understand/explain the operation of the equipment.<br />
Utilize the safety codes and dangerous areas of the equipment.<br />
Explain how to perform maintenance on the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by NOV’s Product Information Bulletins (PIBs).<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This five day course covers all the electrical components and circuits of the AC TDS. This course will familiarize the<br />
students with the electrical operation, component functionality, technical documents/drawings, and troubleshooting<br />
techniques necessary to maintain the AC Top Drive and its electrical components. An actual Top Drive Stand Alone<br />
Control Panel and interfaced Variable Frequency Drive will be used to conduct hands on exercises and labs that<br />
include; Digital/Analog device testing, Indicator testing and program uploads/downloads. The labs are designed for<br />
the customer to be able to visually see the panel inputs, faults, and how the PLC interfaces with the AC Drive<br />
Controller. In order for the customer to have an optimum experience in this class, it is recommended but not required,<br />
that the student have basic knowledge of Siemens Step 7 software.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS 9, 10 and 11, Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler, Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Electrical control system and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication, Auxiliary electrical systems<br />
Variable Frequency Drives<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
March 5 - March 9 ........................... Singapore<br />
May 14 - May 18 ............................. Singapore<br />
August 27 - August 31 ..................... Singapore<br />
November 19 - November 23 .......... Singapore<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 98
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 9, 10, 11 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the AC TDS 9, 10, 11 drilling<br />
systems<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
5 Days - $3,350 (Singapore)<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the AC Top Drives 9, 10 and 11<br />
Explain the operation of the AC Top Drives 9, 10 and 11 using the NOV drillers console<br />
Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the top drive<br />
Given product manual, hand tools, and wash-pipe successfully teardown, inspect, and rebuild with minimal<br />
instructor assistance<br />
Using the lubrication circuit schematic properly identify flow path and parts<br />
Recognize when repairs are needed for the top drive<br />
Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a<br />
schematic<br />
Analyze proper troubleshooting procedures for the top drive using hydraulic schematics<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to train personnel on the maintenance, mechanical troubleshooting and repair of the top<br />
drive. The student will learn operation of the top drive components and system, lubrication, maintenance, adjustment<br />
and troubleshooting techniques. It covers fundamental operations and maintenance specific to analysis of hydraulic,<br />
and includes ISO hydraulic symbols.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment operation<br />
Lubrication and inspection<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Hydraulic symbols<br />
System hydraulics<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 19 - February 21 .................. Houston<br />
April 9 - April 13 ................................... Singapore<br />
May 28 - May 30 .................................. Houston<br />
July 9 - July 11..................................... Houston<br />
August 13 - August 17 ......................... Singapore<br />
October 1 - October 5 .......................... Singapore<br />
October 15 - October 17 ...................... Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in UK, Singapore (5 day version), Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a<br />
customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 99
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM – TDS-11SA/ST80-C OVERVIEW<br />
TDS-11SA AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance of the TDS-11SA drilling system<br />
ST80-C AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance of the ST80-C Iron Roughneck<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
(8 Hour Split – Half Day Overview of Each <strong>Course</strong>) 1 Day - $750<br />
TDS-11SA LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify the TDS-11SA parts<br />
Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the TDS-11SA<br />
Recognize when repairs are needed for the top drive<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
ST80-C LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify course requirements for classroom participation, safety precautions and evacuation procedures<br />
Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the ST80-C and explain their various functions and uses<br />
Explain the operational characteristics of the ST80-C<br />
Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the ST80-C<br />
TDS-11SA COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to train personnel on the maintenance of the top drive. The student will learn the various<br />
functions of the driller’s console, the top drive components and the system lubrication.<br />
ST80-C COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to teach personnel maintenance of ST80-C style Iron Roughneck. The student will also learn<br />
the functions of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment working<br />
properly.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Equipment overview<br />
Equipment Operation<br />
Maintenance<br />
Inspection<br />
Lubrication<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 100
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC AND BASIC HYDRAULICS COMBINED - MECHANICAL<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data. All<br />
individuals required to learn basic hydraulics.<br />
DURATION/COST<br />
5 days/$3350<br />
TDS LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the AC top drive<br />
Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />
Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />
Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot hydraulic schematics<br />
List and explain abbreviations used when describing the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />
BASIC HYDRAULICS LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Understand and describe basic hydraulics theory with emphasis on component and circuit functions.<br />
Demonstrate circuit analysis skills in reading schematics and diagrams, using symbol recognition and in tracing<br />
circuit paths.<br />
Perform circuit parameter measurements for many different circuit configurations.<br />
Perform related conversions between Metric and Imperial Measurement Systems.<br />
TDS COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This three day course will cover the operations and functional design of the AC top drive’s<br />
components, systems, lubrication, maintenance, adjustment, troubleshooting techniques, ISO<br />
Hydraulic/pneumatic symbols and standard top drive hydraulic schematics.<br />
BASIC HYDRAULICS COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to give the student a working understanding of hydraulic fundamentals. It will include the<br />
following topics: Pascal’s law and the units of pressure, force and flow rates. The student will develop an<br />
understanding of simple hydraulic circuits. The course includes familiarization with the fluid power symbols of most<br />
major fluid power components. Students will develop an understanding of basic hydraulic processes.<br />
TDS COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS 9SA and 11SA<br />
Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler<br />
Load bearing components<br />
Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication<br />
BASIC HYDRAULICS COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
Safety<br />
Pressure, force, volume and flow rate relationships<br />
Measurement techniques for circuit components<br />
Simple circuit operational analysis<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
March 26 - March 30 .......................... Montrose, UK<br />
July 2 - July 6 ..................................... Montrose, UK<br />
November 5 - November 9 ................. Montrose, UK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 101
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TOP DRIVE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the electrical maintenance and troubleshooting of the NOV AC Top Drives<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify and understand the operation of electrical components involved with the AC Top Drive System.<br />
Properly navigate through a set of electrical top drive prints.<br />
Successfully trace out all the electrical circuits of an AC Top Drive System<br />
Troubleshoot by viewing the inputs to the top drive solenoids via the top drive annunciator panel.<br />
Observe faults via the internal remote I/O’s and the PLC Central Processing Unit.<br />
Connect to the PLC using Step 7 software and perform diagnostic troubleshooting.<br />
Connect to the ABB Drive using Drive Windows software<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The AC Top Drive System Electrical <strong>Course</strong> is a 5 day class that covers all the electrical components and circuits of<br />
the AC TDS. This course will familiarize the students with the electrical operation, component functionality, technical<br />
documents/drawings, and troubleshooting techniques necessary to maintain the AC Top Drive and its electrical<br />
components. An actual Top Drive Stand Alone Control Panel and interfaced AC Drive will be used to conduct hands<br />
on exercises and labs that include; Digital/Analog device testing, Indicator testing and calibration, component<br />
disassembly /assembly, component calibrations, cabling connector inspections, and program uploads/downloads.<br />
The labs are designed for the customer to be able to visually see the panel inputs, faults, and how the PLC interfaces<br />
with the AC Drive Controller. In order for the customer to have an optimum experience in this class, it is<br />
recommended but not required, that the student have basic knowledge of Siemens Step 7 software.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
System Overview<br />
AC Top Drive Control Panel and AC Drive Controller<br />
Communications with PLC and Drive and Software Tools<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None, However basic knowledge of Siemens Step 7 software would be advantageous to the student.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 7 - January 11 ................... Brazil July 1 - July 5 ................................ Brazil<br />
January 7 - January 11 ................... Houston July 8 - July 12 .............................. Houston<br />
January 28 - February 1 .................. Houston July 22 - July 26 ............................ Houston<br />
February 4 - February 8 .................. Houston August 19 - August 23 ................... Houston<br />
February 5 - March 1 ....................... Houston August 26 - August 30 ................... Houston<br />
March 4 - March 8 ........................... Houston September 9 - September 13 ........ Houston<br />
March 18 - March 22 ....................... Brazil September 16 - September 20 ...... Brazil<br />
April 8 - April 12 ............................... Houston September 23 - September 27 ...... Houston<br />
April 22 - April 26 ............................. Houston September 30 - October 4 ............. Houston<br />
May 6 - May 10 ............................... Brazil October 15 - October 19 ............... Brazil<br />
May 6 - May 10 ............................... Houston October 28 - November 1 .............. Houston<br />
May 20 - May 24 ............................. Houston November 4 - November 8 ............ Brazil<br />
June 3 - June 7 ............................... Houston December 2 - December 6 ............ Houston<br />
June 24 - June 28 ........................... Houston December 16 - December 20 ........ Houston<br />
This course can also be taught from the mobile classroom (USA) or at the customer’s facility upon request.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 102
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS 3, 4, 6 MECHANICAL COURSE WITH RBS<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the DC TDS 3, 4, 6 drilling<br />
systems with Raised Back-up System<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the DC top drive<br />
Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />
Adjust the PH-60 TW manifold, counterbalance, and motor alignment cylinder with minimal instructor assistance<br />
Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />
Operate and maintain procedures pertaining to raised back-up system<br />
Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot hydraulic schematics<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is primarily a lecture course with hands-on activities involving PH-60, counterbalance and motor<br />
alignment systems. The students will receive an overview of the hydraulic systems, a review of hydraulic symbols and<br />
an understanding of hydraulic schematics. The students will also learn how to troubleshoot using hydraulic<br />
schematics. The course will cover top drive and raised back-up system components, functions of the mechanical<br />
systems and lubrication schedule.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS 3S/H, 4S/H, and 6S<br />
Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler<br />
Load bearing components<br />
Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 14 - January 18 ................. Brazil<br />
January 14 - January 18 ................. Houston<br />
March 11 - March 15 ....................... Houston<br />
April 22 - April 26 ............................. Brazil<br />
May 6 - May 10 ............................... Houston<br />
June 10 - June 14 ........................... Houston<br />
June 24 - June 28 ........................... Brazil<br />
July 15 - July 19 .............................. Houston<br />
August 5 - August 9 ......................... Brazil<br />
August 12 - August 16 ..................... Houston<br />
September 23 - September 27 ........ Brazil<br />
September 23 - September 27 ........ Houston<br />
October 14 - October 18 ................. Houston<br />
November 25 - November 29 .......... Brazil<br />
December 2 - December 6 .............. Houston<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 103
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS 3, 4, 5, 6 ELECTRICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Electrical maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of<br />
diagnostic data.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the DC top drive<br />
Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information.<br />
Explain the equipment’s purpose<br />
Identify the equipment’s components.<br />
Explain the equipment’s construction.<br />
Understand/explain the operation of the equipment.<br />
Utilize the safety codes and dangerous areas of the equipment.<br />
Explain how to perform maintenance on the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This five day course covers all the electrical components and circuits of the DC TDS. This course will familiarize the<br />
students with the electrical operation, component functionality, technical documents/drawings, and troubleshooting<br />
techniques necessary to maintain the DC Top Drive and its electrical components. An actual Top Drive Stand Alone<br />
Control Panel and interfaced PLC will be used to conduct hands on exercises and labs that include; Digital/Analog<br />
device testing, Indicator testing and program uploads/downloads. The labs are designed for the customer to be able<br />
to visually see the panel inputs, faults, and how the PLC interfaces with the DC TDS system.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS 3, 4, 5 and 6<br />
Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler<br />
Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Electrical control system and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication<br />
Auxiliary electrical systems<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Recommended, but not required, that the student have basic knowledge of PLC software.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 7 - January 11 ................... Montrose, UK<br />
January 14 - January 19 ................. Brazil<br />
March 4 - March 8 ........................... Montrose, UK<br />
April 22 - April 26 ............................. Brazil<br />
May 6 - May 10 ............................... Montrose, UK<br />
June 24 - June 28 ........................... Brazil<br />
July 8 - July 12 ............................... Montrose, UK<br />
August 5 - August 9 ......................... Brazil<br />
September 2 - September 6 ........... Montrose, UK<br />
September 23 - September 27 ........ Brazil<br />
November 11 - November 15 ......... Montrose, UK<br />
November 25 - November 29 .......... Brazil<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 104
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS 3, 4, 5, 6 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,650<br />
5 Days - $3,350 (Singapore)<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the DC top drive<br />
Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />
Adjust the PH-60 TW manifold with minimal instructor assistance<br />
Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />
Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot hydraulic schematics<br />
List and explain abbreviations used when describing the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This three day course will cover the operations and functional design of the DC top drive’s components, systems,<br />
lubrication, maintenance, adjustment, troubleshooting techniques, ISO Hydraulic/pneumatic symbols and standard<br />
top drive hydraulic schematics.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS 3S/H, 4S/H, 5H and 6S<br />
Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler<br />
Load bearing components<br />
Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 4 - February 6 ................. Montrose, UK<br />
March 11 - March 13……. ............... Montrose, UK<br />
May 13 - May 15 ............................. Montrose, UK<br />
July 15 - July 17 .............................. Montrose, UK<br />
August 6 - August 8 ......................... Montrose, UK<br />
October 7 - October 9 ..................... Montrose, UK<br />
December 2 - December 4 .............. Montrose, UK<br />
This course is available in Singapore (5 day version) and Brazil.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 105
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDS 3H, 3S, 4H & 4S ELECTRICAL<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Electrical maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of<br />
diagnostic data.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the DC top drive<br />
Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information.<br />
Explain the equipment’s purpose<br />
Identify the equipment’s components.<br />
Explain the equipment’s construction.<br />
Understand/explain the operation of the equipment.<br />
Utilize the safety codes and dangerous areas of the equipment.<br />
Explain how to perform maintenance on the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by NOV.’s Product Information Bulletins (PIBs).<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This five day course covers all the electrical components and circuits of the DC TDS. This course will familiarize the<br />
students with the electrical operation, component functionality, technical documents/drawings, and troubleshooting<br />
techniques necessary to maintain the DC Top Drive and its electrical components. An actual Top Drive Stand Alone<br />
Control Panel and interfaced PLC will be used to conduct hands on exercises and labs that include; Digital/Analog<br />
device testing, Indicator testing and program uploads/downloads. The labs are designed for the customer to be able<br />
to visually see the panel inputs, faults, and how the PLC interfaces with the DC TDS system.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS 3, 4, 5 and 6<br />
Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler<br />
Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Electrical control system and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication<br />
Auxiliary electrical systems<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Recommended, but not required, that the student have basic knowledge of PLC software.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
April 16 - April 20 ............................. Singapore<br />
July 2 - July 6 .................................. Singapore<br />
October 8 - October 12 ................... Singapore<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 106
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDS 3H, 3S, 4H & 4S MECHANICAL<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the DC top drive<br />
Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />
Adjust the PH-60 TW manifold with minimal instructor assistance<br />
Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />
Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot hydraulic schematics<br />
List and explain abbreviations used when describing the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by NOV’s Product Information Bulletins (PIBs).<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course will cover the operations and functional design of the DC top drive’s components, systems, lubrication,<br />
maintenance, adjustment, troubleshooting techniques, ISO Hydraulic/pneumatic symbols and standard top drive<br />
hydraulic schematics.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS 3S/H, 4S/H, 5H and 6S<br />
Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler<br />
Load bearing components<br />
Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
March 26 - March 30 ....................... Singapore<br />
June 4 - June 8 ............................... Singapore<br />
July 9 - July 13 ................................ Singapore<br />
September 24 - September 28 ........ Singapore<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 107
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS AND AR3200 COMBINED MECHANICAL<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data. All<br />
drilling personnel required to maintain, troubleshoot, and repair automated Iron Roughneck systems.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days -$3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
TDS Learning Objectives<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
Compare the components and uses of one particular<br />
model to the other<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to<br />
be taken when operating the DC top drive<br />
Evaluate and update existing maintenance<br />
schedules to fit the specified requirements<br />
Adjust the PH-60 TW manifold with minimal<br />
instructor assistance<br />
Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are<br />
needed<br />
Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot<br />
hydraulic schematics<br />
List and explain abbreviations used when describing<br />
the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s<br />
Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
TDS <strong>Course</strong> Description<br />
This three day course will cover the operations and<br />
functional design of the DC top drive’s components,<br />
systems, lubrication, maintenance, adjustment,<br />
troubleshooting techniques, ISO Hydraulic/pneumatic<br />
symbols and standard top drive hydraulic schematics.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
TDS <strong>Course</strong> Content<br />
TDS 3S/H, 4S/H, 5H and 6S<br />
Drilling specifications<br />
Pipe handler<br />
Load bearing components<br />
Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
AR3200 Learning Objectives<br />
Identify, compare, and contrast different parts<br />
Perform an inspection, lubrication and adjustment<br />
Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state<br />
the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system<br />
Troubleshoot using hydraulic schematics<br />
AR3200 <strong>Course</strong> Description<br />
In this course, students will receive an overview of the<br />
hydraulic and mechanical ISO systems and symbols,<br />
including understanding hydraulic schematics. The students<br />
will also learn the functions of the mechanical systems and<br />
the correct lubrication schedule required to keep the<br />
equipment working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting<br />
and an overview of the electrical systems, sensors, and<br />
control functions will be included in this course.<br />
AR3200 <strong>Course</strong> Content<br />
Equipment overview<br />
Manual and automatic control station<br />
Sequenced operation<br />
Routine maintenance<br />
Operating mode problems<br />
Hydraulic symbols and schematics<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 9 - January 13 .......... Montrose, UK July 9 - July 13 ................................ Montrose, UK<br />
February 20 - February 24 ..... Montrose, UK August 6 - August 10 ....................... Montrose, UK<br />
March 19 - March 23 .............. Montrose, UK September 3 - September 7 ............ Montrose, UK<br />
April 30 - May 4 ....................... Montrose, UK October 29 - November 2 ................ Montrose, UK<br />
June 4 - June 8 ....................... Montrose, UK December 10 - December 14 .......... Montrose, UK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 108
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - HPS 500, 650, 750 AND 1000 MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All individuals responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the mechanical, electrical, and hydraulic systems on the<br />
HPS Top Drive.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Explain the purpose and specifications of the HPS Top Drive System<br />
Explain the function, purpose and interaction of the major components of the HPS Top Drive System<br />
Explain the purpose and basic operational functionality of the HPS Top Drive System<br />
Describe normal operations, local operating procedures, emergency controls and pre-start preparations for the<br />
HPS Top Drive System<br />
Describe required procedures to repair, maintain and lubricate the HPS Top Drive System<br />
Identify common hydraulic symbols and explain functions of the hydraulic systems used on the HPS Top Drive<br />
System<br />
Explain proper troubleshooting procedures for the HPS Top Drive System<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course is designed to train personnel in the operations, maintenance, and mechanical troubleshooting of the<br />
HPS Top Drive. This course is primarily a lecture course with no hands-on work covering the different models and<br />
tool setup for different applications. The students will receive an overview of the electrical and hydraulic symbols,<br />
components and systems using drawings and schematics. The course will cover components, the functions of the<br />
mechanical and control systems, and maintenance and lubrication schedules. This course will cover the HPS 02, 03<br />
and 04 models with 500, 650, 750 and 1000 load ratings.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Hydraulic Basics<br />
Models and Specifications<br />
Component Overview – HPS 03<br />
Component Overview – HPS 04<br />
Component Overview – HPS 02<br />
Operation<br />
Maintenance<br />
Corrections and Minor Repairs<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 18 - February 20 .............. Brazil<br />
February 19 - February 21 .............. Houston<br />
May 13 - May 15 ............................. Brazil<br />
March 25 - March 27 ....................... Houston<br />
May 28 - May 30 ............................. Houston<br />
July 15 - July 17 .............................. Brazil<br />
September 3 - September 5 ............ Houston<br />
October 14 - October 16 ................. Brazil<br />
December 2 - December 4 .............. Brazil<br />
This course is available upon request in Brazil, Singapore, mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 109
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - PS SERIES MECHANICAL COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Distinguish the differences between each model<br />
Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />
Identify basic functions and major components of the top drive<br />
Explain the operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the top drive<br />
Practice safety while working on and around top drives<br />
List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the PS series top drive<br />
Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />
Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />
Identify pneumatic and hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot pneumatic and hydraulic schematics<br />
List and explain abbreviations used when describing the equipment.<br />
Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course will cover proper maintenance, lubrication, NDT inspections, and troubleshooting procedures. Students<br />
will also be shown the results of improper maintenance actions. Both mechanical and electrical top drive systems are<br />
covered.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
PS 350, 500 and 2/750<br />
Drilling specifications<br />
Grab system<br />
Load bearing components<br />
Equipment operations<br />
Post jarring inspections<br />
Routine maintenance and inspection<br />
Basic pneumatic and hydraulics troubleshooting<br />
Lubrication<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available on request in Montrose (UK).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 110
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - PS SERIES MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation, maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of all NOV (<strong>National</strong>) PS<br />
series top drives<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
4 days - $2,850<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify basic functions and major components of the top drive<br />
Explain the operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the top drive<br />
Successfully teardown, inspect, and rebuild an air swivel ring, a conventional and mechanical seal wash pipe,<br />
and a Maximator and Teledyne pump<br />
Practice safety while working on and around top drives<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course will cover proper maintenance, lubrication, NDT inspections, and troubleshooting procedures. Students<br />
will also be shown the results of improper maintenance actions. Both mechanical and electrical top drive systems are<br />
covered. The course incorporates a section for hands -on breakdown and rebuild of several of the core<br />
subassemblies.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
History and advantages<br />
Operation and maintenance<br />
Repair and rebuild subassemblies<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
January 28 - January 31 ................. Houston<br />
February 25 - February 28 ............. Houston<br />
March 4 - March 7 ........................... Brazil<br />
May 20 - May 23 ............................. Houston<br />
June 10 - June 13 ........................... Brazil<br />
August 12 - August 15 ..................... Brazil<br />
September 23 - September 26 ....... Houston<br />
November 11 - November 14 .......... Houston<br />
November 25 - November 28 .......... Brazil<br />
This course is available upon request in Singapore, mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 111
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDX-1000 MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
This course is designed for personnel that maintain and troubleshoot the TDX-1000 Top Drive System<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days - $3,350<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Obtain general knowledge about the equipment’s purpose, construction and manner of operation.<br />
Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />
Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user’s manual.<br />
Obtain a general understanding of equipment fluid power systems and troubleshooting.<br />
Perform practical activities to reinforce their theoretical knowledge.<br />
Explain the use of the machine’s lubrication chart<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The student will learn operations and functional design of the AC TDX-1250 Top Drive, lubrication, maintenance,<br />
adjustment and troubleshooting techniques. The course will cover the system’s specific ISO hydraulic symbols. Basic<br />
troubleshooting is discussed in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />
Equipment Operations<br />
General Maintenance<br />
Fluid Power<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Hands-On Training<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available in Houston or at a customer’s facility upon request.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 112
TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDX-1250 MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
All rig personnel responsible for the operation, maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the TDX-1250<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days - $2,500<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the TDX 1250<br />
Explain the operation of the TDX 1250 using the NOV drillers console and Amphion control system<br />
Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the top drive<br />
Given product manual, hand tools, and mechanical seal wash-pipe successfully teardown, inspect, and rebuild<br />
with minimal instructor assistance<br />
Using the lubrication circuit schematic properly identify flow path and parts<br />
Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a<br />
schematic<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The student will learn operations and functional design of the AC TDX-1250 Top Drive, lubrication, maintenance,<br />
adjustment and troubleshooting techniques. The course will cover the system’s specific ISO hydraulic symbols. Basic<br />
troubleshooting is discussed in this course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction<br />
Overview of equipment<br />
Equipment operation<br />
Routine Maintenance<br />
Hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
None<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
February 5 - February 7 .................. Houston<br />
May 28 - May 30 ............................. Houston<br />
July 9 - July 11 ................................ Houston<br />
November 19 - November 21 .......... Houston<br />
This course is available upon request in Houston and Singapore.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 113
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 114
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
<strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> Listings<br />
Rig Specific<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 115
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 116
MANAGEMENT COURSE<br />
KRS 1000: DRILLING EQUIPMENT<br />
KRS 1200: CRANES<br />
KRS 1300: WELL INTERVENTION SYSTEMS<br />
SVG 2000: DRILLING EQUIPMENT AND CYBERBASE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target group is management or other personnel not directly involved with equipment operations or maintenance. The<br />
course is ideal for oil business employees who wish to know more about the equipment purchased for one specific rig<br />
or vessel.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
<strong>Course</strong> duration, price and scheduling upon request.<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Explain the function and organization of NOV Aftermarket division, NOV Field Engineering and Operation Support<br />
Describe how to contact the different departments within NOV Aftermarket division<br />
Describe NOV’s equipment follow-up (internal tests, FAT, commissioning, OAT, upgrading)<br />
List the main purposes and Outline the technology of the eHawk remote support system<br />
Describe when and how to use the eHawk remote support system<br />
Outline NOV Tracker system in general and explain how to use Tracker<br />
Describe the organization- and function of NOV spare part department<br />
Exemplify how to utilize technical drawings and the Bill. Mat. List for identifying necessary spare part orderings<br />
Explain the master project list and Describe how to contact the Spare Parts Department<br />
Describe the main drilling equipment (range of application, function, interaction and system design)<br />
Distinguish between the various safety messages employed in NOV user manuals<br />
List and explain the safety measures by which hazards are reduced or eliminated during operation<br />
Describe how to emergency stop/restart the equipment and the consequences of this action<br />
Outline the various ways of controlling the equipment including the Anti Collision System (ACS) if applicable<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course is aimed at providing management with an overall knowledge about the NOV equipment purchased for a<br />
specific rig or vessel, the organizational structure of NOV and our service- and support systems. Participants will<br />
learn about the NOV Aftermarket Division and the Technical Support & Projects Department. They will also obtain<br />
general knowledge about the eHawk remote support system and Tracker, NOV’s web-based tool for tracking service<br />
requests from rigs. Finally, they will obtain general knowledge of the main equipment purchased for their specific rig<br />
or vessel in addition to learning how to utilize the NOV spare part system. There is no Final Test for the Management<br />
<strong>Course</strong>.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Subject 1.1 Technical Support & Projects System overview<br />
Subject 1.2 EHawk Parameters<br />
Subject 1.3 Tracker Software tools<br />
Subject 1.4 Spare Parts Maintenance<br />
Subject 1.5 NOV Equipment Overview<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
No particular experience is required.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Kristiansand and Stavanger, Norway, or at other NOV Training<br />
locations/ customer’s facility upon request (*exclusive meeting key personnel in person).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 117
OPERATORS COURSE<br />
KRS 1010: DRILLING EQUIPMENT<br />
KRS 1310: WELL INTERVENTION EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target group is the Operators of Drilling Equipment and Well Intervention Systems.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
<strong>Course</strong> duration, price and scheduling upon request.<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />
Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />
time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most<br />
common training courses conducted:<br />
Drilling Equipment:<br />
Hydralift Portable Top Drive (HPT)<br />
Hydraulic Power Swivel (HPS)<br />
Hydra Tong (HT)<br />
Hydra Racker (HR)<br />
Horizontal to Vertical Machine (HTV Machine)<br />
Stabbing Basket<br />
V- Door Machine<br />
Catwalk Machine (CWM)<br />
Lifting System<br />
Cathead<br />
Man Rider Winch<br />
Bridge Racker<br />
Elevated Backup Tong (EBT)<br />
Drillfloor Manipulator Arm (DFMA)<br />
Floor Monkey<br />
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)<br />
Well Intervention Euipment:<br />
Winches with electrical control system<br />
Coil Tubing Tensioner<br />
Module Guide Arm<br />
Main Winch (AHC/ HPU)<br />
Compensated Wire Line Cylinder<br />
Lower and upper Cursor Frame<br />
Wire Line Riser Tensioner<br />
APV and Compressors<br />
DFMA<br />
Moon Pool Door<br />
(Catwalk)<br />
Cathead<br />
Wire line riser tensioner<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Describe the equipment in general terms (main data, range of application & function)<br />
Outline the assembly and Explain the system design of the equipment<br />
Utilize the Rig/vessel layout and explain the interaction of the drilling equipment<br />
List and explain the safety aspects of the equipment<br />
Explain Normal start/stop, emergency stop/ restart and emergency lowering procedures<br />
Explain the use of controls and the functionality of relevant screen displays<br />
Explain the operation modes and sequences of the equipment<br />
Explain the most important alarms in the Alarm List (“cause” and “check”)<br />
Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to operation<br />
Demonstrate how to utilize the information given in diagrams and drawings<br />
Demonstrate ability to utilize the User’s Manual, the fault finding table and/ or the troubleshooting guide<br />
Summarize information given in applicable Product Information Bulletins and/or Service Reports<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course will provide learners with sufficient technical knowledge to operate the on-board equipment (as listed in<br />
the assembled course curriculum for onboard equipment) in a correct, safe and efficient manner. Participants will<br />
learn about the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation, including system design (i.e. hydraulic,<br />
electrical, mechanical, control system). The course also focuses on the interaction of the equipment on a specific rig/<br />
vessel (System integration) and during the whole course, NOV User Manuals will be utilized to locate pertinent<br />
information. Furthermore, participants will learn how to utilize the NOV spare part system and what to do if Technical<br />
Support/ Service is needed.<br />
In order to further enhance learner’s level of theoretical knowledge and transfer this knowledge into practical skills, a<br />
large proportion of the Equipment <strong>Course</strong> for Operators is conducted in NOV’s Simulator Training Center. NOV’s<br />
full-scale authentic Cyberbase® system with an 180˚degree 3D- simulator doom visualizes drill floor with equipment<br />
and/or seabed operations, and the training enables learners to operate equipment according to best practices and<br />
procedures. Participants will be able to solve problems that may occur on a rig during operation. The course has a<br />
final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 118
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Subject 1.1 NOV Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />
Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />
Subject 2.2 Operating Instructions<br />
Subject 2.3 Maintenance Instructions<br />
Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training Offerings (See Initial Section of <strong>Catalog</strong>)<br />
1. Hydraulic Training Centre<br />
2. *NOV Simulator Training Centre<br />
3. Field Trip – NOV Workshop and Test Facility (Drilling Equipment)<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Before attending the course, each participant should have relevant experience.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
These courses are available upon request in Kristiansand, Norway and other NOV Training locations with drill<br />
floor simulator (or at customer’s facility– exclusive hands-on training).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 119
CYBERBASE & DRILLING EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS: SVG 2010<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target group for this course is Rig-/ vessel drill crew.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
<strong>Course</strong> duration, price and scheduling upon request.<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS COVERED<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />
Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />
time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most<br />
common drilling equipment/ system courses conducted in Stavanger, Norway:<br />
EQUIPMENT MODULES:<br />
DW (Drawworks)<br />
DW SSGD 200-1000<br />
DW AHD 500/ 750/ 1000<br />
DW D3000 AC<br />
DW Electrohoist<br />
Star Racker (HITEC)<br />
Driller‘s Cabin<br />
Cyberbase Chair<br />
HVAC (Heat/Ventilation/Air Conditioning)<br />
SYSTEM MODULES:<br />
DCDA HMI (Drilling Control and Data Acquisition &<br />
Human Machine Interface)<br />
CCTV (Closed Circuit Television)<br />
General Machine Control<br />
Keypads<br />
Screens<br />
Alarm System<br />
SDI (Smart Drilling Instrumentation)<br />
DFR (Drilling Flight Recorder)<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES FOR EQUIPMENT<br />
Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Describe the machine in general terms (range of<br />
application & function)<br />
Summarize the main data and give a brief<br />
description of the machine’s components<br />
Outline the term “Heave Compensation” [HC] in<br />
general and the integration of HC in applicable<br />
equipment<br />
Outline what to do if Technical Support/ Service is<br />
needed and how to order spare parts from NOV<br />
Explain how NOV manuals are categorized and<br />
the various safety aspects/ -precautions related to<br />
maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
Summarize information given in Product<br />
Information Bulletins and Service Reports<br />
List several types of maintenance and repairs<br />
which shall specifically not be carried out by user<br />
without approval and instructions from supplier‘s<br />
service department<br />
Roughneck IR (HITEC)<br />
V-Door (HITEC)<br />
Conveyor (HITEC)<br />
DFT (Drilling Fluid Technology)<br />
Man Rider Winch<br />
Mud Pumps<br />
HEX Pump<br />
Drilling Simulator (Operational practice on a virtual<br />
reality rig floor simulator)<br />
DCI (Drilling Control Interface)<br />
AC (Anti Collision)<br />
MP (Mud Pumps)<br />
Slips<br />
RT (Rotary Table)<br />
E-Stop<br />
BX Elevator<br />
Slips PS 21<br />
Spider Elevator<br />
Explain the importance of the machine’s routine<br />
inspections<br />
Explain the control system and utilize the<br />
message display for troubleshooting and initiation<br />
of maintenance<br />
List and Explain the various safety aspects/<br />
precautions related to operation<br />
Navigate screen displays and list their main<br />
functionalities<br />
Explain the use of controls and operation modes<br />
for the machine (Incl. test exception modes)<br />
Demonstrate how to interpret system feedback<br />
and how to setup the machine<br />
Describe the control system of the equipment<br />
(specifically the term Cyberbase operation)<br />
Describe the normal start/ stop procedures and<br />
emergency stop/ restart procedures of the<br />
machine<br />
Explain the emergency lowering procedures for<br />
the machine<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 120
LEARNING OBJECTIVES FOR SYSTEMS<br />
Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Describe the system in general terms and<br />
summarize the main data (range of application &<br />
function)<br />
Give a brief description of the main software<br />
modules and hardware components of the system<br />
Navigate screen displays and list their main<br />
functionalities and the optional-/ utility functions of<br />
the system<br />
List and explain the various safety aspects/<br />
precautions related to operation<br />
Explain the functionalities on system relevant<br />
operator displays<br />
Initiate the top level setup parameters of the<br />
system and demonstrate how to customize the<br />
system<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Demonstrate how to operate the various input<br />
devices and identify the system screen displays<br />
Demonstrate how to interpret system feedback<br />
Explain the basic design and functionality of main<br />
hardware components<br />
Explain when to use administrative functionalities<br />
Work as a team and communicate during different<br />
operations<br />
Identify various displays and commands and<br />
customize the machines and systems for different<br />
operations<br />
Control machines and equipment correctly and<br />
utilize safety systems<br />
Troubleshoot based on system feedback<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course will provide learners with sufficient technical knowledge to operate the equipment/ system in a correct,<br />
safe and efficient manner. Participants will learn about the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of<br />
operation, including system design/ system integration/ system operation (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical,<br />
control system). During the whole course, NOV User Manuals will be utilized to locate pertinent information, and<br />
participants will learn how to utilize the NOV spare part system and what to do if Technical Support/ Service is<br />
needed.<br />
In order to further enhance learner’s level of theoretical knowledge and transfer this knowledge into practical skills, a<br />
large proportion of the Equipment <strong>Course</strong> for Operators is conducted in NOV’s Simulator Training Center. NOV’s<br />
full-scale authentic Cyberbase® system with an 180˚degree 3D- simulator doom visualizes drill floor with equipment<br />
and/or seabed operations, and the training enables learners to operate equipment according to best practices and<br />
procedures. In the simulator, an expert instructor is able to demonstrate scenarios that rarely are possible to test in<br />
real life. Participants will be able to solve problems that may occur on a rig during operation.<br />
The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Subject 1.1 - Main Data and Technical Description<br />
Subject 1.2 - Maintenance Instructions (if applicable)<br />
Subject 1.3 - Operating Instructions<br />
Subject 2.1 – Hands-on Training with Simulator or Training Equipment<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Before attending the course, each participant should have a basic understanding of drilling processes.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
These courses are available upon request in Stavanger, Norway (and other NOV Training locations with drill floor<br />
simulator/necessary hardware).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 121
DRILLING FLUID TECHNOLOGY OPERATORS COURSE (DFT): ASK 4010<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target group for this course are Operators (minimum 1 participant / maximum 8 participants)<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
<strong>Course</strong> duration, price and scheduling upon request.<br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />
NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased – Operator course conducted in Stavanger,<br />
Norway:<br />
Mud Mixing System<br />
Sack Cutting Unit<br />
Screw Conveyor<br />
Hopper /Mixer<br />
Lifting Table<br />
Vacuum Lifter<br />
Surge Tank Feeder<br />
Big Bag Empting Unit<br />
Liquid Additive Unit<br />
High Rate Mixer<br />
HP Shear Unit<br />
Caustic Mixer Unit<br />
Density Transmitter<br />
Bulk Tank System<br />
Bulk Tank<br />
Surge Tank<br />
Dust Cyclone & Collector<br />
Rock Catcher<br />
Pipe Spools<br />
Bulk System Valves<br />
Bulk System Instrumentation<br />
Pressure Reducing Station<br />
Sampling Unit<br />
Loading Hoses<br />
Mud Control System<br />
General Mud Control System<br />
Local Control Panel<br />
Choke & Kill Manifold<br />
Choke & Kill Manifold<br />
Choke & Kill Control System<br />
Mud Standpipe Manifold<br />
Cement Manifold<br />
Mud Gas Separator<br />
Drilling Hoses<br />
Mud Manifold<br />
Mud Treatment System<br />
LP Mud Pump<br />
Shale Shaker<br />
Agitator<br />
Cuttings Screw Conveyor<br />
Centrifuge<br />
Tank Washing System<br />
Cutting Re-Injection<br />
De Gasser<br />
Mud Cyclone<br />
Mud Sampler<br />
Tank Cleaning System<br />
High Pressure Pump<br />
Offshore Loading System<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
<strong>Course</strong> participants/ operators shall after successful completion of this course be able to:<br />
Explain how to ensure safe and efficient operation of systems, machines and equipment<br />
Explain the safety aspects/ -precautions related to maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
List and explain the safety aspects of the systems, machines and equipments while in operation<br />
Explain main data and technical details of the systems, machines and equipments<br />
Describe the vessel-/rig specific control system and the interaction of such<br />
Explain how to utilize NOV User Manuals to locate pertinent information<br />
Outline system’s intention, construction and manner of operation<br />
Describe how to carry out the necessary inspections prior to operating the equipment<br />
Use the system to detect abnormalities and initiate inspections, trouble shooting, initiate maintenance and<br />
repairs.<br />
Demonstrate operational skills by practical training in a drilling simulator or other hands-on equipment<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course consists of theoretical classroom training. All relevant screens will be described in detail during the<br />
course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Safety aspects/ -precautions<br />
Main Data DFT<br />
Technical Description<br />
DFT Operation<br />
DFT Control System and system interaction<br />
User’s Manual Utilization<br />
DFT Inspections, faultfinding, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs<br />
Simulator Training or other hands-on equipment<br />
PREREQUISITES<br />
Fluid operators.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Stavanger, Norway, or at other NOV Training locations/ customer’s<br />
facility upon request.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 122
CRANE OPERATOR COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
KRS 1210: PIPE HANDLING CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />
KRS 1211: OFFSHORE CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />
KRS 1212: ACTIVE HEAVE COMPENSATED (AHC) SUBSEA CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />
KRS 1213: RISER GANTRY CRANE<br />
KRS 1214: SINGLE BOOM CRANE<br />
KRS 1215: TELESCOPE BOOM CRANE<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target group for this course is Crane Operators.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
<strong>Course</strong> duration, price and scheduling upon request.<br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />
Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />
time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of cranes purchased, but below are the most common<br />
crane courses conducted in Kristiansand, Norway:<br />
1. Knuckle Boom Cranes<br />
Pipe Handling Cranes<br />
Offshore Cranes<br />
Active Heave Compensated (AHC) Sub Sea<br />
cranes<br />
2. Riser Gantry Cranes<br />
3. Single Boom Cranes<br />
4. Telescope Boom Cranes<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Describe the equipment in general terms (main data, range of application & function)<br />
Outline the assembly and explain the system design of the equipment<br />
Utilize the Rig/vessel layout and explain the interaction of the drilling equipment<br />
List and explain the safety aspects of the equipment<br />
Explain normal start/stop, emergency stop/ restart and emergency lowering procedures<br />
Explain the use of controls and the functionality of relevant screen displays<br />
Explain the operation modes and sequences of the equipment<br />
Explain the most important alarms in the Alarm List (“cause” and “check”)<br />
Demonstrate ability to utilize the Load Chart<br />
Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to operation<br />
Demonstrate how to utilize the information given in diagrams and drawings<br />
Explain the equipment’s routine inspections and maintenance procedures<br />
Demonstrate ability to utilize the User’s Manual, the fault finding table and/ or the troubleshooting guide<br />
Summarize information given in applicable Product Information Bulletins and/or Service Reports<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course will provide learners with sufficient technical knowledge to operate the crane in a correct, safe and<br />
efficient manner. Participants will learn about the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation,<br />
including system design and system integration (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, control system). NOV User<br />
Manuals will be utilized to locate pertinent information during the whole course and participants will learn how to order<br />
spare parts and what to do if Technical Support/ Service is needed.<br />
NOV Crane Emulator Training: The Crane Model Emulator is a training device containing hardware and software<br />
used on the actual equipment. The emulator is supported by a down scaled NOV Knuckle Boom Offshore Crane<br />
Model.<br />
NOV Active Heave Compensation (AHC) Crane Training Station: The AHC Crane Training Station is a training<br />
device for practice on all Sub Sea Crane operation modes. Practicing on equipment containing authentic NOV PLC<br />
programs enables participants to further enhance their level of theoretical knowledge as well as transferring this<br />
knowledge into practical skills. The Training Station Includes NOV AHC Crane Control System, crane Control Cabinet<br />
with Siemens Step 7 PLC, PLC with authentic control software for a typical NOV AHC Crane, a fully functional<br />
Siemens Touch Panel and a fully functional AHC operator control panel, including a winch controlling joystick. The<br />
course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 123
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Subject 1.1 NOV Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />
Subject 1.2 NOV User Manuals/ Smartbook Subject<br />
Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />
Subject 2.2 Operating Instructions<br />
Subject 2.3 Maintenance Instructions<br />
Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training Offerings available (See Initial Section of <strong>Catalog</strong>)<br />
1. Hydraulic Training Centre<br />
2. NOV Active Heave Compensation (AHC) Crane Training Station<br />
3. NOV Crane Emulator Training<br />
4. Field Trip – NOV Workshop and Test Facility (AHC Cranes)<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Before attending the course, each participant should have relevant experience.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
These courses are available upon request in Kristiansand, Norway, or at other NOV Training locations/<br />
customer’s facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 124
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE COURSE, OPERATORS TRAINING ON SITE: MOL 3004<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target groups for this Lattice Boom Offshore Crane course are crane operators (minimum 1 participant / maximum 8<br />
participants)<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 Day or Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
<strong>Course</strong> participants shall after successful completion of this course:<br />
Familiarized with check out routines.<br />
Familiarized with operator functions<br />
Familiarized with emergency functions<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course will consist of review of crane equipment on site. This course is recommended as a follow up for<br />
operators after completed the basic course.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Guided tour onboard the crane with instructor – main focus on:<br />
Correct use of daily check list<br />
Loading indicator<br />
Operation limits<br />
Emergency functions<br />
Overload protection<br />
Re-reeving<br />
PREREQUISITES<br />
No prerequisites<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available in Molde, Norway, or upon request at the customer’s facility.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 125
OFFSHORE CRANE COURSE: MOL 3007<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target group for this course are future G5-certified Offshore Crane Operators (minimum 3 participant / maximum 8<br />
participants)<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 Days or Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
Certified Safety Training according to Module O-2.1: Theoretical part - Offshore Cranes, followed by a theoretical<br />
exam.<br />
The purpose of the training is to provide future crane operators with good basic theoretical offshore crane training.<br />
The training will give the students a good insight to the principles of offshore construction, mode of operation,<br />
maintenance and use, in order to avoid incidents and accidents during lifting operations.<br />
The training covers the theoretical safety training required for G5-Offshore crane, as well as G20 Stationary<br />
(offshore) hydraulic crane.<br />
The training is concluded with a written theoretical exam.<br />
The basis for issuing the Offshore Crane Operator Certificate: Trained personnel must pass<br />
The theoretical exam<br />
The exam for Connecting / Disconnecting Loads<br />
A Practical Offshore Crane Operation Test<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Safety training for G5-Offshore Crane and G20 Stationary (offshore) Hydraulic Crane<br />
Principles of offshore construction<br />
Mode of operation<br />
Maintenance and use<br />
How to avoid incidents and accidents during lifting operations<br />
PREREQUISITES<br />
Participants must have passed the “G11 - Connecting and Disconnecting Loads/ Containers / Straps <strong>Course</strong>” -<br />
Module O-1.1 (Straps <strong>Course</strong> with Final Theoretical Exam).<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Molde, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 126
RISER PULL-IN WINCH COURSE: MOL 3006<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target group for this Lattice Boom Offshore Crane course are Winch Operators (minimum 1 participant / maximum 8<br />
participants)<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 Day or Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
<strong>Course</strong> participants shall after successful completion of this course:<br />
Familiarized with check out routines.<br />
Familiarized with operator functions<br />
Familiarized with emergency functions<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
An introductory course focusing on the structure, function and correct maintenance procedures for the NOV Riser<br />
Pull-in Winch systems. The course will consist of theoretical classroom training or hands-on training on site.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Winch Structure<br />
Winch Function<br />
Winch Maintenance Procedures<br />
PREREQUISITES<br />
Relevant knowledge of the equipment is required.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Molde, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 127
HYDRAULIC/ MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
KRS 1030: DRILLING EQUIPMENT<br />
KRS 1330: WELL INTERVENTION EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target groups for the Hydraulic/ Mechanical Maintenance course are Maintenance personnel for Drilling Equipment<br />
and Well Intervention Systems.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
<strong>Course</strong> duration upon request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/or systems.<br />
Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />
time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment, but below are the most common<br />
maintenance courses conducted in Kristiansand, Norway:<br />
Drilling Equipment:<br />
Hydralift Portable Top Drive (HPT)<br />
Hydralift Power Swivel (HPS)<br />
Hydra Tong (HT)<br />
Hydra Racker (HR)<br />
Horizontal to Vertical Machine (HTV Machine)<br />
Stabbing Basket<br />
V- Door Machine<br />
Catwalk Machine (CWM)<br />
Lifting System<br />
Cathead<br />
Man Rider Winch<br />
Bridge Racker<br />
Elevated Backup Tong (EBT)<br />
Drillfloor Manipulator Arm (DFMA)<br />
Floor Monkey<br />
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)<br />
Well Intervention Euipment:<br />
Winches with electrical control system<br />
Coil Tubing Tensioner<br />
Module Guide Arm<br />
Main Winch (AHC/ HPU)<br />
Compensated Wire Line Cylinder<br />
Lower and upper Cursor Frame<br />
Wire Line Riser Tensioner<br />
APV and Compressors<br />
DFMA<br />
Moon Pool Door<br />
Catwalk<br />
Cathead<br />
Wire Line Riser Tensioner<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Describe the equipment in general terms (main data, range of application & function)<br />
Outline the assembly of the equipment<br />
Explain the system design of the equipment (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, control system)<br />
Utilize the Rig/vessel layout and explain the interaction of the drilling equipment<br />
Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to maintenance<br />
Describe the start/ stop- and emergency stop/ restart and emergency lowering procedures<br />
Explain the use of controls and screen displays needed to perform maintenance on the equipment<br />
Demonstrate how to utilize the information given in course particular diagrams and drawings (particular focus on<br />
hydraulic schematics)<br />
Explain the equipment’s routine inspections and maintenance procedures<br />
Explain the use of the equipment’s lubrication chart<br />
Explain the use of the equipment’s fault finding table and troubleshooting guide (if applicable) in case of<br />
malfunction<br />
Summarize information given in Product Information Bulletins and Service Reports (if applicable)<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
During the course, course participants will obtain sufficient technical knowledge to perform maintenance and solve<br />
unforeseen occurrences on the on-board equipment (as listed in the assembled course curriculum for onboard<br />
equipment). They will learn about system design, the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation in<br />
order to be able to perform inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs in a correct, efficient and safe<br />
manner and as described in the user manual.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 128
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
During the course, participants will practice on authentic NOV equipment in our Hydraulic Training Center<br />
encompassing full-scale authentic drilling equipment. The training centre equipment comprises a Hydraulic Power<br />
Unit (HPU), a HydraTong and a Stabbing Basket, incl. various system components (gear, valves, pumps,<br />
accumulators etc), tools and diagnostic instruments. Learners will be trained in solving real-life situations that may<br />
occur on a rig in operation, and hence they will be better prepared to fault find, troubleshoot and maintain the onboard<br />
machines in a safe and efficient manner. This practice further enhances participants’ level of theoretical<br />
knowledge and transfers their knowledge into practical skills.<br />
The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Subject 1.1 NOV Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />
Subject 1.2 NOV User Manuals/ Smartbook<br />
Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />
Subject 2.2 Operating Instructions<br />
Subject 2.3 Maintenance Instructions<br />
Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training Offerings available (See Initial Section of <strong>Catalog</strong> for detailed descriptions)<br />
1. *Hydraulic Training Centre<br />
2. NOV Simulator Training Centre<br />
3. Field Trip – NOV Workshop and Test Facility (Drilling Equipment and AHC Cranes)<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Before attending the course, each participant should have relevant experience.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
These courses are available upon request in Norway, Kristiansand, or at other NOV Training locations/<br />
customer’s facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 129
DRILLING EQUIPMENT COURSE: SVG 2030<br />
AUDIENCE:<br />
Target groups for the Hydraulic/ Mechanical Maintenance course are Rig/ vessel Drill Crew.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
<strong>Course</strong> duration upon request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems. Then, the<br />
courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and time away from<br />
work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most common drilling equipment<br />
courses conducted in Stavanger, Norway:<br />
DW (Drawworks)<br />
DW SSGD 200-1000<br />
DW AHD 500/ 750/ 1000<br />
DW D3000 AC<br />
DW Electrohoist<br />
Star Racker (HITEC)<br />
Driller‘s Cabin<br />
Cyberbase Chair<br />
HVAC (Heat/Ventilation/Air Conditioning)<br />
Roughneck IR (HITEC)<br />
V-Door (HITEC)<br />
Conveyor (HITEC)<br />
DFT (Drilling Fluid Technology)<br />
Man Rider Winch<br />
Mud Pumps<br />
HEX Pump<br />
BX-Elevator<br />
Power Slips PS-21 & 30<br />
Drilling Simulator (Operational practice on a virtual<br />
reality rig floor simulator)<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Describe the equipment in general terms (main data, range of application & function)<br />
Outline the assembly of the equipment<br />
Explain the system design of the equipment (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, control system)<br />
Utilize the Rig/vessel layout and explain the interaction of the drilling equipment<br />
Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to maintenance<br />
Describe the start/ stop- and emergency stop/ restart and emergency lowering procedures<br />
Explain the use of controls and screen displays needed to perform maintenance on the equipment<br />
Demonstrate how to utilize the information given in course particular diagrams and drawings (particular focus on<br />
hydraulic schematics)<br />
Explain the equipment’s routine inspections and maintenance procedures<br />
Explain the use of the equipment’s lubrication chart<br />
Explain the use of the equipment’s fault finding table and troubleshooting guide (if applicable) in case of malfunction<br />
Summarize information given in Product Information Bulletins and Service Reports (if applicable)<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
During the course, course participants will obtain sufficient technical knowledge to perform maintenance and solve<br />
unforeseen occurrences on the equipment (as listed in the assembled course curriculum for onboard equipment). They will<br />
learn about system design, the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation in order to be able to perform<br />
inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs in a correct, efficient and safe manner and as described in the user<br />
manual.<br />
During the course, participants shall obtain a better understanding of the machine by utilizing training simulator. In the<br />
simulator, they will demonstrate ability to describe how the machine is operated on the rig, describe the function of<br />
crown/floor saver and describe the brake test. This practice further enhances participants’ level of theoretical knowledge and<br />
transfers their knowledge into practical skills. The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final<br />
test is satisfactory.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Subject 1.1 – Main Data and Technical Description<br />
Subject 1.2 – Maintenance Instructions<br />
Subject 1.3 – Operating Instructions<br />
Subject 2.1 – Hands-on Training with Simulator<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Before attending the course, each participant should have a basic understanding of drilling processes.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
These courses are available upon request in Stavanger, Norway, or at other NOV Training locations/ customer’s<br />
facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 130
DRILLING FLUID TECHNOLOGY MAINTENANCE COURSE (DFT): ASK 4030<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target group for this course are: Technical Section Leader (Chief Engineer), Senior Drilling Equipment Engineer<br />
(Technical Section Leader), Drilling Equipment Engineer (Assistant Technical Section Leader), Drilling Equipment<br />
Mechanic (Rig Mechanic/ Mechanic) - Minimum 1 participant / maximum 8 participants.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />
Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />
time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased – Mechanical Maintenance<br />
course conducted in Stavanger, Norway:<br />
Mud Mixing System<br />
Sack Cutting Unit<br />
Screw Conveyor<br />
Hopper /Mixer<br />
Lifting Table<br />
Vacuum Lifter<br />
Surge Tank Feeder<br />
Big Bag Empting Unit<br />
Liquid Additive Unit<br />
High Rate Mixer<br />
HP Shear Unit<br />
Caustic Mixer Unit<br />
Density Transmitter<br />
Bulk Tank System<br />
Bulk Tank<br />
Surge Tank<br />
Dust Cyclone & Collector<br />
Rock Catcher<br />
Pipe Spools<br />
Bulk System Valves<br />
Bulk System Instrumentation<br />
Pressure Reducing Station<br />
Sampling Unit<br />
Loading Hoses<br />
Mud Control System<br />
General Mud Control System<br />
Local Control Panel<br />
Choke & Kill Manifold<br />
Choke & Kill Manifold<br />
Choke & Kill Control System<br />
Mud Standpipe Manifold<br />
Cement Manifold<br />
Mud Gas Separator<br />
Drilling Hoses<br />
Mud Manifold<br />
Mud Treatment System<br />
LP Mud Pump<br />
Shale Shaker<br />
Agitator<br />
Cuttings Screw Conveyor<br />
Centrifuge<br />
Tank Washing System<br />
Cutting Re-Injection<br />
De Gasser<br />
Mud Cyclone<br />
Mud Sampler<br />
Tank Cleaning System<br />
High Pressure Pump<br />
Offshore Loading<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
The maintenance personnel shall after successful completion of this course:<br />
Explain how to ensure safe and efficient operation of systems, machines and equipment<br />
Explain the safety aspects/ -precautions related to maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
List and explain the safety aspects of the systems, machines and equipments while in operation<br />
Explain main data and technical details of the systems, machines and equipments<br />
Explain how to detect abnormalities and perform inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs<br />
Utilize NOV mechanical/hydraulic drawings in connection with fault finding<br />
Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course consists of theoretical classroom training.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Safety - DFT Operation<br />
Safety - DFT Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />
Main Data<br />
DFT Assembly and Technical Description<br />
Control System and System Interaction<br />
Inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs<br />
Drawings and Fault Finding<br />
DFT Users Manual<br />
PREREQUISITES<br />
Hydraulic / Mechanical background<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Stavanger, Norway or at other NOV Training locations/ customer’s<br />
facility upon request.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 131
CRANE MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
KRS 1230: PIPE HANDLING CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />
KRS 1231: OFFSHORE CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />
KRS 1232: ACTIVE HEAVE COMPENSATED (AHC) SUBSEA CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />
KRS 1233: RISER GANTRY CRANE<br />
KRS 1234: SINGLE BOOM CRANE<br />
KRS 1235: TELESCOPE BOOM CRANE<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target groups for the Hydraulic/ Mechanical Maintenance course are Crane Maintenance personnel.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
<strong>Course</strong> duration upon request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />
Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />
time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most<br />
common crane courses conducted in Kristiansand, Norway:<br />
1. Knuckle Boom Cranes<br />
Pipe Handling Cranes<br />
Offshore Cranes<br />
Active Heave Compensated (AHC) Sub Sea<br />
cranes<br />
2. Riser Gantry Cranes<br />
3. Single Boom Cranes<br />
4. Telescope Boom Cranes<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Describe the equipment in general terms (main data, range of application & function)<br />
Outline the assembly of the equipment<br />
Explain the system design of the equipment (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, control system)<br />
Utilize the Rig/vessel layout and explain the interaction of the drilling equipment<br />
Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to maintenance<br />
Describe the start/ stop- and emergency stop/ restart and emergency lowering procedures<br />
Explain the use of controls and screen displays needed to perform maintenance on the equipment<br />
Demonstrate how to utilize the information given in course particular diagrams and drawings (particular focus on<br />
hydraulic schematics)<br />
Explain the equipment’s routine inspections and maintenance procedures<br />
Explain the use of the equipment’s lubrication chart<br />
Explain the use of the equipment’s fault finding table and troubleshooting guide in case of malfunction (if applicable)<br />
Summarize information given in Product Information Bulletins and Service Reports (if applicable)<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
During the course, course participants will obtain sufficient technical knowledge to perform maintenance and solve<br />
unforeseen occurrences on the onboard crane(s). They will learn about system design, the equipment’s intention,<br />
construction and manner of operation in order to be able to perform inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and<br />
repairs in a correct, efficient and safe manner and as described in the user manual. Our hands-on training offerings<br />
will further enhance the level of theoretical knowledge and transfer this knowledge into practical skills.<br />
NOV Crane Emulator Training: The Crane Model Emulator is a training device containing hardware and software<br />
used on the actual equipment. The emulator is supported by a down scaled NOV Knuckle Boom Offshore Crane<br />
Model.<br />
NOV Active Heave Compensation (AHC) Crane Training Station: The AHC Crane Training Station is a training<br />
device for practice on all Sub Sea Crane operation modes. Practicing on equipment containing authentic NOV PLC<br />
programs enables participants to further enhance their level of theoretical knowledge as well as transferring this<br />
knowledge into practical skills. The Training Station Includes NOV AHC Crane Control System, crane Control Cabinet<br />
with Siemens Step 7 PLC, PLC with authentic control software for a typical NOV AHC Crane, a fully functional<br />
Siemens Touch Panel and a fully functional AHC operator control panel, including a winch controlling joystick. The<br />
course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 132
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Subject 1.1 NOV Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />
Subject 1.2 NOV User Manuals/ Smartbook<br />
Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />
Subject 2.2 Operating Instructions (relevant items for equipment maintenance)<br />
Subject 2.3 Maintenance Instructions<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training Offerings (See Initial Section for detailed descriptions)<br />
1. Hydraulic Training Centre<br />
2. *NOV Active Heave Compensation (AHC) Crane Training Station<br />
3. *NOV Crane Emulator Training<br />
4. Field Trip – NOV Workshop and Test Facility (Drilling Equipment and AHC Cranes)<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Before attending the course, each participant should have relevant experience.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Norway, Kristiansand, or at other NOV Training locations/<br />
customer’s facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 133
LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE MAINTENANCE COURSE: MOL 3002<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target groups for the Lattice Boom Offshore Crane course are: Hydraulics and Mechanics who carry out service and<br />
maintenance on NOV offshore cranes onboard a specific rig or vessel (min. 1 participant / max. 8 participants)<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
4 Days / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
<strong>Course</strong> participants shall after successful completion of this course:<br />
Obtain general knowledge regarding component replacement.<br />
Have good knowledge of the hydraulic systems.<br />
Have good knowledge of the overload protection systems.<br />
Be able to perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user manual<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course covers the theory of Lattice Boom Offshore Crane troubleshooting and maintenance. In addition,<br />
participants will practice in a crane machine room and on a fully operative crane model<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Presentation and relevant questions by participants (Q&A)<br />
Hydraulic systems<br />
Component replacement<br />
Pressure settings / adjustments<br />
Cause & Effect<br />
Standard program for preventative maintenance<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Exam and <strong>Course</strong> Evaluation<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Completed MOL 3001 / Lattice Boom Offshore Crane, Basic <strong>Course</strong> and relevant knowledge of the equipment is<br />
required.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Molde, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 134
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE COMBINED COURSE<br />
KRS 1110: SUB SEA/ MOTION COMPENSATION EQUIPMENT<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target group for the Operation and Maintenance course is Motion Compensation/ Sub Sea personnel.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
<strong>Course</strong> duration upon request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />
Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />
time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most<br />
common Sub Sea/ Motion Compensation equipment courses conducted in Kristiansand, Norway:<br />
Riser Compensation Systems<br />
CMC (Crown Mounted Compensator)<br />
DLC (Deadline Compensator)<br />
AHC (Active Heave Compensator)<br />
BOP Handling Equipment<br />
X- Mas Tree Handling Equipment<br />
Riser Handling Equipment<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Explain how NOV manuals are categorized and the difference between the various safety messages employed<br />
List several types of maintenance and repairs which shall specifically not be carried out by user without approval<br />
and instructions from supplier’s service department<br />
Outline the term “Heave Compensation” [HC] in general and the integration of HC in applicable equipment<br />
Explain how to order spare parts and what to do if Technical Support / Service is needed<br />
Describe the control system of the equipment and the range of application & function of the ACS (Anti Collision<br />
System; if applicable)<br />
Describe the equipment in general terms (range of application & function) and outline the assembly<br />
Summarize the main data and explain the system design of the equipment<br />
Utilize the Rig/vessel layout and explain the interaction of the onboard equipment<br />
Explain the various safety aspects/precautions related to operation and maintenance<br />
Explain the equipment’s routine inspections and maintenance procedures<br />
Describe the start/ stop- and emergency procedures for the equipment<br />
Explain the use of controls and screen displays needed to perform maintenance on the equipment<br />
Demonstrate how to utilize the information given in course particular diagrams and drawings<br />
Explain the use of the equipment’s lubrication chart, fault finding table and troubleshooting guide<br />
Summarize information given in Product Information Bulletins and Service Reports (if applicable)<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
During the course, participants will obtain sufficient technical knowledge to operate and perform maintenance on the<br />
on-board Motion Compensation/ Subsea Equipment (as listed in the assembled course curriculum). They will learn<br />
about system design, the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation, including system interaction.<br />
Learning about the operating procedures and how to perform inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs<br />
enables each learner to operate the equipment in question, in addition to perform inspections, trouble shooting,<br />
maintenance and repairs in a correct, efficient and safe manner. During the whole course, participants will be trained<br />
in utilizing Rig Specific User’s Manuals to locate pertinent information, and hence be better prepared for the on-board<br />
reality.<br />
Our hands-on training offerings can further enhance the level of theoretical knowledge and transfer this knowledge<br />
into practical skills. The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 135
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Subject 1.1 NOV Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />
Subject 1.2 NOV User Manuals/ Smartbook<br />
Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />
Subject 2.2 Operating- and Maintenance Instructions<br />
Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training Offerings (available upon request - see initial section of <strong>Catalog</strong>)<br />
1. Hydraulic Training Centre<br />
2. NOV Simulator Training Centre<br />
3. Field Trip – NOV Workshop and Test Facility (Drilling Equipment)<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Before attending the course, each participant should have relevant experience.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
These courses are available upon request in Kristiansand, Norway, or at other NOV Training locations/<br />
customer’s facility upon request.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 136
LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE: MOL 3001<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
COURSE TYPE: RIG SPECIFIC<br />
Rig specific courses cover the specific equipment and systems on a particular rig or vessel. They are specifically<br />
prepared and designed for the actual equipment and belonging control system the customer has purchased. At the<br />
end of a rig specific training course, attendees should be able to understand the complex nature of the equipment<br />
and systems on board a specific rig or vessel.<br />
AUDIENCE: CREW TRAINING EXCLUSIVE TO ONE CLIENT – ONE SPECIFIC RIG/ VESSEL ONLY.<br />
Target groups for the Lattice Boom Offshore Crane course are: Crane operators, Mechanics, Electricians, Instrument<br />
technicians who carry out service and maintenance on NOV offshore cranes (min. 1 participant / max. 8 participants)<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
3 Days or upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
<strong>Course</strong> participants shall after successful completion of this course be able to:<br />
Understand how to utilize NOV User Manuals to locate pertinent information<br />
Obtain general knowledge about the intention, construction and manner of operation of the offshore crane<br />
Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operation of the crane<br />
Understand how to carry out inspection and first-line maintenance as described in the user manual<br />
Obtain a better understanding of the equipment by participating on a field trip to the NOV workshop<br />
Obtain basic crane operating skills by carrying out practical training on the crane model/emulator<br />
Obtain operating skills by carrying out daily check in training container (machinery room)<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
An introductory course in HSE routines, system functions and correct operation and maintenance procedures for<br />
crane operators and maintenance personnel that work on NOV offshore cranes. The course covers the theory of<br />
operation, troubleshooting, and maintenance of the Lattice Boom Offshore Crane. A large proportion of the course<br />
includes practical training in a crane machine room and on a fully operative crane model.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
HSE<br />
Crane structure<br />
Technical descriptions<br />
Operation instructions<br />
Maintenance instructions<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
No prerequisites required for this basic course.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Molde, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 137
ELECTRO TECHNICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
KRS 1020: DRILLING AND MOTION COMPENSATING/ SUB SEA EQUIPMENT<br />
KRS 1320: WELL INTERVENTION EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target groups for the Electro Technical Maintenance course are Electrical Engineers and ET Personnel for Drilling-<br />
and Motion Compensating/ Sub Sea Equipment and Well Intervention Systems.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
Upon Customer Request/ Price and scheduling upon request<br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/or systems.<br />
Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />
time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment, but below are the most common electro<br />
technical maintenance courses conducted in Kristiansand, Norway:<br />
Drilling Equipment:<br />
1. Hydralift Portable Top Drive (HPT)<br />
2. Hydraulic Power Swivel (HPS)<br />
3. Hydra Tong (HT)<br />
4. Hydra Racker (HR)<br />
5. Horizontal to Vertical Machine (HTV Machine)<br />
6. Stabbing Basket<br />
7. V- Door Machine<br />
8. Catwalk Machine (CWM)<br />
9. Lifting System<br />
10. Cathead<br />
11. Man Rider Winch<br />
12. Bridge Racker<br />
13. Elevated Backup Tong (EBT)<br />
14. Drillfloor Manipulator Arm (DFMA)<br />
15. Floor Monkey<br />
16. Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)<br />
Well Intervention Equipment:<br />
1. Winches with electrical control system<br />
2. Coil Tubing Tensioner<br />
3. Module Guide Arm<br />
4. Main Winch (AHC/ HPU)<br />
5. Compensated Wire Line Cylinder<br />
6. Lower and upper Cursor Frame<br />
7. Wire Line Riser Tensioner<br />
8. APV and Compressors<br />
9. DFMA<br />
10. Moon Pool Door<br />
11. Catwalk<br />
12. Cathead<br />
13. Wire line riser Tensioner<br />
Motion Compensating/ Sub Sea Equipment<br />
1. Riser Compensation Systems<br />
2. CMC (Crown Mounted Compensator)<br />
3. DLC (Deadline Compensator)<br />
4. BOP Handling Equipment<br />
5. X- Mas Tree Handling Equipment<br />
6. Riser Handling Equipment<br />
7. Active Heave Compensator (AHC)<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
PART 0) PLC SYSTEM<br />
Obtain general understanding of the basic functions of a PLC system<br />
Obtain overall knowledge about the different modules used in the S7-300 PLC system<br />
Obtain general understanding of how to utilize the Simatic Manager<br />
Obtain a general understanding of the use of the MMC card and memory reset function<br />
Be knowledgeable about the different block types and the hierarchical principle of the S7-300 PLC system<br />
Obtain general understanding of how to use NOV standard blocks in a basic S7 program<br />
Understand how to utilize the Troubleshooting-functions in Simatic Manager<br />
Be able to search within the Siemens S7 program using different available methods<br />
PART 1) RIG SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT ET THEORY<br />
Understand how to utilize NOV User Manuals to locate pertinent information<br />
Obtain overall knowledge about the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation.<br />
Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operation of the equipment<br />
Obtain overall understanding of the electrical system of the machines<br />
Be able to perform inspection, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user manual.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 138
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course will provide the necessary knowledge for using the Simatic S7 Manager as a troubleshooting tool for the<br />
specified NOV equipment. <strong>Course</strong> participants shall understand the basic functions of the Siemens Simatic S7 PLC<br />
System and be able to utilize the Simatic Manager software by training on a NOV PLC test station. In addition,<br />
learners will obtain sufficient technical knowledge to perform maintenance and solve unforeseen occurrences on the<br />
onboard equipment (as listed in the course curriculum).<br />
To further enhance participants’ level of theoretical knowledge, they may also be given the opportunity to practice in<br />
NOV’s Simulator Training Center, our full-scale authentic Cyberbase® system with an 180˚degree 3D- simulator<br />
doom visualizing the drill floor with equipment and/or seabed operations.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
PART 0) PLC SYSTEM<br />
Subject 0.1 Basic PLC Functions<br />
Subject 0.2 PLC System<br />
Subject 0.3 S7-300 Simatic Manager<br />
Subject 0.4 PG/PC Interface<br />
Subject 0.5 S7 Blocks<br />
Subject 0.6 VAT-TABLE<br />
*The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />
PART 1) RIG SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT ET THEORY<br />
Subject 1.1 Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />
Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />
Subject 2.2 Operating Instructions<br />
Subject 2.3 PLC and Electrical System<br />
Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training<br />
Subject 0.7 Comparing Blocks<br />
Subject 0.8 NOV Standard Blocks<br />
Subject 0.9 Trouble Shooting<br />
Subject 0.10 System Searching<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Prior to attending the course, each student should have a general understanding of electrical systems; level 2 – ET<br />
course / Electro Technical maintenance course.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
The Electro Technical Maintenance <strong>Course</strong>s below are available upon request in Kristiansand, Norway, or at<br />
other NOV Training locations/ customer’s facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 139
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
CYBERBASE & DRILLING EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE COURSE: SVG 2020<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target groups for the Electro Technical Maintenance course are Electrical Engineers and ET Personnel for Drilling<br />
Equipment.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
Upon Customer Request/ Price and scheduling upon request<br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />
Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />
time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most<br />
common Electro Technical Maintenance courses - drilling equipment - conducted in Stavanger, Norway:<br />
EQUIPMENT MODULES<br />
DW (Drawworks)<br />
DW SSGD 200-1000<br />
DW AHD 500/ 750/ 1000<br />
DW D3000 AC<br />
DW Electrohoist<br />
Star Racker (HITEC)<br />
Driller‘s Cabin<br />
Cyberbase Chair<br />
HVAC (Heat/Ventilation/Air Conditioning)<br />
Driller‘s Cabin:<br />
Cyberbase Chair<br />
HVAC (Heat/Ventilation/Air Conditioning)<br />
Roughneck IR (HITEC)<br />
V-Door (HITEC)<br />
Conveyor (HITEC)<br />
DFT (Drilling Fluid Technology)<br />
Man Rider Winch<br />
Mud Pumps<br />
HEX Pump<br />
Drilling Simulator (Operational practice on a virtual reality rig floor simulator)<br />
SYSTEM MODULES<br />
DCDA HMI (Drilling Control and Data Acquisition & Human Machine Interface)<br />
CCTV (Closed Circuit Television)<br />
General Machine Control<br />
Keypads<br />
Screens<br />
Alarm System<br />
Machine Hardware<br />
Network<br />
iFix Cyberbase Screen Application<br />
SDI (Smart Drilling Instrumentation)<br />
Instrumentation/ Troubleshooting<br />
PLC<br />
Siemens S7<br />
VSDS (Variable Speed Drive System)<br />
DFR (Drilling Flight Recorder)<br />
DCI (Drilling Control Interface)<br />
AC (Anti Collision)<br />
MP (Mud Pumps) Control<br />
Slips<br />
RT (Rotary Table)<br />
E-Stop<br />
BX Elevator<br />
Slips PS 21<br />
Spider Elevator<br />
Interface to other systems<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 140
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES FOR EQUIPMENT<br />
Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Describe the machine in general terms (range of application & function)<br />
Summarize the main data and describe the main components of the machine<br />
Explain the safety and system functions of the machine<br />
Describe PLC main structure and communication and outline the machine’s control system<br />
Explain the equipment‘s routine inspections and the safety aspects/ -precautions related to maintenance and<br />
troubleshooting<br />
List some types of maintenance which shall specifically not be carried out by user without approval and<br />
instructions from supplier’s service department<br />
List system hardware functionalities and explain basic network communication, electrical system and<br />
instrumentation.<br />
Explain how to perform ET Maintenance on the system<br />
Explain various safety messages described in NOV user manuals specific for this machine.<br />
Summarize information given in Product Information Bulletins and Service Reports<br />
Demonstrate ability to utilize information given in the reference drawings and the recommended Spare Parts List<br />
in order to complement maintenance instructions<br />
Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to operation<br />
Describe how to prepare / configure the machine before start-up<br />
Explain functionality of screens and keypads used for operating the machine<br />
Describe normal start/stop and emergency stop procedures of the machine<br />
Explain machine operation modes and sequences<br />
List and explain Test and Exception functions (if applicable)<br />
Explain and use the alarm system (“cause” and “check”)<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES FOR SYSTEMS<br />
Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Summarize the main data of the equipment and describe the system in general terms (range of application &<br />
function)<br />
Give a brief description of the main software modules and hardware components of the system<br />
Explain the purpose of the system and list the optional-/ utility functions<br />
List the basic system setup parameters and navigate displays and identify main functionalities<br />
Demonstrate how to operate the various input-/ output devices (i.e. keyboard, mouse, joysticks, functional<br />
keypads etc.)<br />
Demonstrate ability to perform basic troubleshooting based on system feedback<br />
Demonstrate and identify information in the system and explain when and how to use administrative functionalities<br />
Explain the various safety aspects/ -precautions related to maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
Explain the system‘s routine inspections and explain how to perform ET Maintenance on the system<br />
List system hardware functionalities and explain basic network communication in the system.<br />
List some types of maintenance which shall specifically not be carried out by user without approval and<br />
instructions from supplier’s service department<br />
Summarize information given in Product Information Bulletins and Service Reports<br />
Demonstrate ability to utilize information given in the reference drawings and the recommended Spare Parts List<br />
in order to complement maintenance instructions<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This maintenance and troubleshooting course is designed to teach the Electrical & instrument personnel the<br />
operation, maintenance and repair of the on-board drilling equipment. During the course, the participants will obtain<br />
sufficient technical knowledge and practical skills to perform electro technical maintenance, troubleshooting and to<br />
solve unforeseen occurrences on the products listed above. Participants shall learn about the equipment’s intention,<br />
construction and manner of operation and obtain an overall understanding of the electrical system of the machine(s).<br />
In addition, they will obtain a better understanding of the machine(s) by utilizing rig specific software during course,<br />
learning how to select correct mode and sub mode for the different operations, how to perform a system configuration<br />
for the equipment and how to utilize the HMI system during operation of the equipment. Furthermore, they shall<br />
understand how to ensure safe and efficient operation of the machine.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 141
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
During the course, the participants will also obtain sufficient technical knowledge and practical skills to perform<br />
maintenance, troubleshooting and to solve unforeseen occurrences on the systems listed above. They shall obtain<br />
overall knowledge about the system’s intention and operation and gain a general understanding of system operations<br />
in order to ensure safe and efficient operation. Participants will obtain an overall understanding of the system<br />
hardware in order to perform inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs on the on-board equipment. In<br />
addition, they will by utilize rig specific software during course to obtain a better understanding of the machine; This<br />
includes selecting correct mode and sub mode for the different operations, performing a system configuration,<br />
utilizing the HMI system during operation and identify alarms and faults by using/utilizing the HMI system. The course<br />
has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Subject 1.1 – Main Data and Technical Description<br />
Subject 1.2 – Electrical System and Maintenance Instructions<br />
Subject 1.3 – Operating and Safety Systems<br />
Subject 2.1 – Hands-on Training utilizing Rig Software, Simulator and/ or Training Equipment<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Prior to attending the course, each student should have a general understanding of electrical systems.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Stavanger, Norway, or at other NOV Training locations/ customer’s<br />
facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 142
PLC MAINTENANCE COURSE: SVG 2021<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target group is Electro technical personnel.<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
<strong>Course</strong> duration upon request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />
Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />
time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased.<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Describe the equipment in general terms (range of application & function) and summarize the main data<br />
Describe basic network hardware components<br />
Describe the NOV Drilling control network<br />
Give a brief description of the different networks (TCP/ IP, UDP , DP)<br />
Utilize NOV drawings to find relevant information<br />
Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to operation, maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
Explain the equipment‘s routine inspections<br />
Describe the basic Step7 hardware and the basic PLC hardware<br />
Setup interface between Step7 and PLC<br />
Explain online monitoring and diagnostic<br />
Describe the NOV Step7 program structure<br />
Utilize basic Step7 software functions (uploads, downloads, backups, etc.)<br />
Analyze Step7 program structure (compare blocks, cross-reference, etc.)<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
During the course, participants will obtain sufficient technical knowledge and practical skills to perform<br />
troubleshooting with PLC. They will obtain basic knowledge of Simatic Step7 PLCs in the Cyberbase system and a<br />
gain basic understanding of Simatic Step7 and PLC Software Devices.<br />
To transfer participants’ knowledge into practical skills, they will use Simatic Step7 in a hands-on training situation.<br />
This includes setup and configuration of hardware, learning about different connections of PC to PLC, comparing<br />
Online and Offline PLC programs, performing software Backup and Restore, creating and using VAT (Variable<br />
Address Table) and troubleshooting by online monitoring.<br />
*The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Subject 1.1 – Cyberbase Topology<br />
Subject 1.2 – Simatic Step7 PLC Hardware<br />
Subject 1.3 – Simatic Step7 PLC Software<br />
Subject 2.1 – Hands-on Training<br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Prior to attending the course, each student should have a general understanding of electrical systems.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
These courses are available upon request in Stavanger, Norway, or at other NOV Training locations/<br />
customer’s facility upon request (the latter exclusive hands-on training).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 143
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
DRILLING FLUID TECHNOLOGY (DFT) ELECTRO-TECHNICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE: ASK 4020<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target group for this course are Electro Engineers and Electronic Technicians (minimum 1 participant / maximum 8<br />
participants)<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />
Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />
time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased – Electro Technical<br />
Maintenance course conducted in Stavanger, Norway:<br />
Mud Mixing System<br />
Sack Cutting Unit<br />
Screw Conveyor<br />
Hopper /Mixer<br />
Lifting Table<br />
Vacuum Lifter<br />
Surge Tank Feeder<br />
Big Bag Empting Unit<br />
Liquid Additive Unit<br />
High Rate Mixer<br />
HP Shear Unit<br />
Caustic Mixer Unit<br />
Density Transmitter<br />
Bulk Tank System<br />
Bulk Tank<br />
Surge Tank<br />
Dust Cyclone & Collector<br />
Rock Catcher<br />
Pipe Spools<br />
Bulk System Valves<br />
Bulk System Instrumentation<br />
Pressure Reducing Station<br />
Sampling Unit<br />
Loading Hoses<br />
Mud Control System<br />
General Mud Control System<br />
Local Control Panel<br />
Choke & Kill Manifold<br />
Choke & Kill Manifold<br />
Choke & Kill Control System<br />
Mud Standpipe Manifold<br />
Cement Manifold<br />
Mud Gas Separator<br />
Drilling Hoses<br />
Mud Manifold<br />
Mud Treatment System<br />
LP Mud Pump<br />
Shale Shaker<br />
Agitator<br />
Cuttings Screw Conveyor<br />
Centrifuge<br />
Tank Washing System<br />
Cutting Re-Injection<br />
De Gasser<br />
Mud Cyclone<br />
Mud Sampler<br />
Tank Cleaning System<br />
High Pressure Pump<br />
Offshore Loading<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
On completion of this course, participants shall be able to:<br />
Explain how to ensure safe and efficient operation of systems, machines and equipment<br />
Explain the safety aspects/ -precautions related to maintenance and troubleshooting<br />
List and explain the safety aspects of the systems, machines and equipments while in operation<br />
Explain main data and technical details of the systems, machines and equipments<br />
Describe the vessel-/rig specific control system and the interaction of such<br />
Outline system’s intention, construction and manner of operation<br />
Utilize the system to detect abnormalities and perform inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs.<br />
Utilize NOV electro drawings in connection with fault finding<br />
Utilize NOV User Manuals to locate pertinent information<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course consists of theoretical classroom training.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Safety - DFT Operation<br />
Safety - DFT Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />
Main Data<br />
DFT Assembly and Technical Description<br />
Control System and System Interaction<br />
Inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs<br />
Drawings and Fault Finding<br />
DFT User’s Manual<br />
PREREQUISITES<br />
Electrical or Electro Technical background<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Stavanger, Norway or at other NOV Training locations/ customer’s<br />
facility upon request.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 144
CRANE ELECTRO MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
KRS 1220: PIPE HANDLING CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />
KRS 1221: OFFSHORE CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />
KRS 1222: ACTIVE HEAVE COMPENSATED (AHC) SUBSEA CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />
KRS 1223: RISER GANTRY CRANE<br />
KRS 1224: SINGLE BOOM CRANE<br />
KRS 1225: TELESCOPE BOOM CRANE<br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target groups for the Electro Technical Maintenance course are Electrical Engineers and Crane ET Personnel<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
Upon Customer Request/ Price and scheduling upon request. TYPES OF EQUIPMENT/ CRANES:<br />
A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />
Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />
time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most<br />
common electro technical crane courses conducted in Kristiansand, Norway:<br />
1. Knuckle Boom Cranes<br />
Pipe Handling Cranes<br />
Offshore Cranes<br />
Active Heave Compensated (AHC) Sub Sea cranes<br />
2. Riser Gantry Cranes<br />
3. Single Boom Cranes<br />
4. Telescope Boom Cranes<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
PART 0) PLC SYSTEM<br />
Obtain general understanding of the basic functions of a PLC system<br />
Obtain overall knowledge about the different modules used in the S7-300 PLC system<br />
Obtain general understanding of how to utilize the Simatic Manager<br />
Obtain a general understanding of the use of the MMC card and memory reset function<br />
Be knowledgeable about the different block types and the hierarchical principle of the S7-300 PLC system<br />
Obtain general understanding of how to use NOV standard blocks in a basic S7 program<br />
Understand how to utilize the Troubleshooting-functions in Simatic Manager<br />
Be able to search within the Siemens S7 program using different available methods<br />
PART 1) RIG SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT ET THEORY<br />
Understand how to utilize NOV User Manuals to locate pertinent information<br />
Obtain overall knowledge about the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation.<br />
Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operation of the equipment<br />
Obtain overall understanding of the electrical system of the machines<br />
Be able to perform inspection, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user manual.<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course will provide the necessary knowledge for using the Simatic S7 Manager as a trouble shooting tool for the<br />
specified NOV equipment. <strong>Course</strong> participants shall understand the basic functions of the Siemens Simatic S7 PLC<br />
System and be able to utilize the Simatic Manager software by training on a NOV PLC test station. In addition,<br />
learners will obtain sufficient technical knowledge to perform maintenance and solve unforeseen occurrences on the<br />
onboard equipment (as listed in the course curriculum).<br />
NOV Active Heave Compensation (AHC) Crane Training Station: The AHC Crane Training Station is a training<br />
device for practice on all Sub Sea Crane operation modes. Practicing on equipment containing authentic NOV PLC<br />
programs enables participants to further enhance their level of theoretical knowledge as well as transferring this<br />
knowledge into practical skills. The Training Station Includes NOV AHC Crane Control System, crane Control Cabinet<br />
with Siemens Step 7 PLC, PLC with authentic control software for a typical NOV AHC Crane, a fully functional<br />
Siemens Touch Panel and a fully functional AHC operator control panel, including a winch controlling joystick.<br />
NOV Crane Emulator Training: The Crane Model Emulator contains hardware and software used on the actual<br />
equipment. The emulator is supported by a down scaled NOV Knuckle Boom Offshore Crane Model.<br />
The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 145
COURSE CONTENT<br />
PART 0) PLC SYSTEM<br />
Subject 0.1 Basic PLC Functions<br />
Subject 0.2 PLC System<br />
Subject 0.3 S7-300 Simatic Manager<br />
Subject 0.4 PG/PC Interface<br />
Subject 0.5 S7 Blocks<br />
Subject 0.6 VAT-TABLE<br />
Subject 0.7 Comparing Blocks<br />
Subject 0.8 NOV Standard Blocks<br />
Subject 0.9 Trouble Shooting<br />
Subject 0.10 System Searching<br />
PART 1/ 2) RIG SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT ET THEORY<br />
Subject 1.1 Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />
Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />
Subject 2.2 Operating Instructions<br />
Subject 2.3 PLC and Electrical System<br />
Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
PREREQUISITE<br />
Prior to attending the course, each student should have a general understanding of electrical systems; level 2 – ET<br />
course / Electro Technical maintenance course.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
The Electro Technical Maintenance <strong>Course</strong>s - Cranes below are available upon request in Kristiansand,<br />
Norway or at other NOV Training locations/ customer’s facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 146
CRANE INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICIANS COURSE – ADVANCED<br />
MOL 3003: LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target groups for this Lattice Boom Offshore Crane course are instrument technicians who perform service and<br />
maintenance in accordance to preventative maintenance routines on NOV offshore cranes (minimum 1 participant /<br />
maximum 8 participants)<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
4 Days or Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
<strong>Course</strong> participants shall after successful completion of this course:<br />
Have knowledge about the ET equipment installed on the crane<br />
Have good knowledge on the crane control systems<br />
Know how to operate and use the different menus for maintenance<br />
Be able to identify the different components and know how to maintain the system<br />
Be able to adjust all limit switches, calibrations and perform trouble shooting<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
This course covers the theory troubleshooting and maintenance of the Lattice Boom Offshore Crane.<br />
In addition, participants will practice in a crane machine room and on a fully operative crane model<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Introduction and relevant questions about crane problems by participants<br />
HSE: Crane safety functions / overload protection<br />
Study of drawings / documentation / components / cause & effect<br />
Function / system knowledge and correct settings<br />
Limit switches – MMS – counters – load cells – level indicators – temperature indicators – etc.<br />
Pressure transmitters<br />
Fault detection<br />
PLC – memory card – data logs - NOV program handling and routines<br />
CCD (Crane Control Display )<br />
Screen displays<br />
Periodical maintenance<br />
Loading indicators / load charts<br />
Calibration<br />
Practical exercises on crane model<br />
Exam and <strong>Course</strong> Evaluation<br />
PREREQUISITES<br />
Completed MOL 3001 / Lattice Boom Offshore Crane, Basic <strong>Course</strong> and relevant knowledge of the equipment is<br />
required<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Molde, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 147
CRANE ELECTRO TECHNICAL COURSE - ADVANCED<br />
MOL 3005: LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target groups for this Lattice Boom Offshore Crane course are Electrical Technicians (minimum 1 participant /<br />
maximum 8 participants)<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
1 Day or Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />
<strong>Course</strong> participants shall after successful completion of this course:<br />
Obtain general knowledge of the electrical systems on the crane<br />
Understand how to utilize NOV User Manuals to locate pertinent information<br />
Obtain an understanding of both internal and external power supplies<br />
Obtain an understanding of power consuming components<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
The course will consist of theoretical classroom training and practical training in a crane machine room.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Guided tour onboard the crane with instructor – with main focus on:<br />
Introduction regarding NOV responsibility according to D&V<br />
Best maintenance routines (maintenance concept)<br />
General crane structure and systems<br />
Drawings and documentation<br />
Power supply, Slip ring unit<br />
Power supply, Electric current and voltage<br />
Power supply, Grounding<br />
Power supply, Emergency power and emergency control system<br />
Energy-consuming component, HVAC Unit<br />
Energy-consuming component<br />
Heating elements<br />
Correct use of daily check list<br />
Load indicator<br />
Operation limits<br />
Emergency functions<br />
Overload protection<br />
Re-reeving<br />
PREREQUISITES<br />
Relevant knowledge of the equipment is required.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
This course is available upon request in Molde, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 148
AHC SUBSEA CRANE PERFORMANCE COURSE – ADVANCED: KRS 1240<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
AUDIENCE<br />
Target groups for the AHC Subsea Crane Performance <strong>Course</strong> are:<br />
1. Subsea Engineers / Technical personnel involved in the design of subsea systems, -structures, -equipment and<br />
special tools incl. planning and specification of subsea installations, in particular lifting operations<br />
2. Skilled Crane Personnel responsible for subsea cranes<br />
3. Technical Managers of Construction companies involved in survey of subsea lifting operations, inspection and<br />
approval of Subsea Cranes<br />
4. Ship Officers / Senior Crane Operators with responsibility for and/or particular interest in safe and efficient<br />
utilization of AHC subsea cranes and/ or offshore subsea lifting operations<br />
DURATION / COST<br />
5 days - Price and scheduling upon request<br />
LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />
Identify the different NOV crane types and apply each to appropriate applications<br />
Describe the development and history of Active Heave Compensation / Constant Tension Systems<br />
List the most commonly used crane relevant abbreviations<br />
Identify the structural system of the crane<br />
Describe the basic operation of the main boom system and explain the advantages of the knuckle boom system<br />
Recognize the application of the different winch systems<br />
Point out the operator interface systems and define the hydraulic system and sub-systems<br />
Recognize the rules and standards of offshore cranes and compare and discuss basic safety design principles<br />
Describe the various technical safety evaluation methods in mechanical and system engineering<br />
Describe the different safety modes relating to winch release<br />
Describe the MER and MOPS functions and recognize the difference between AER, AOPS and ASOPS functions<br />
Distinguish between static and dynamic actions and crane loads and identify various loads on offshore cranes and<br />
in particular subsea cranes<br />
Recognize occurring loads in a subsea deployment operation and read the crane capacity from a knuckle boom<br />
load chart<br />
Utilize a dynamic de-rating table for sea lift (ship to ship)<br />
Read a hoisting winch subsea performance chart<br />
Calculate the wire rope storage capacity on a winch drum and estimate the radius as a function of the paid-out<br />
wire rope length and outline the transformation of hydraulic flow / pressure to wire rope tension / velocity<br />
Explain the velocity control of the hoisting winch and illustrate the power relations / -losses in the hoisting winch<br />
system<br />
Recognize the winch system configurations: Normal- vs. active and passive part<br />
Recall basic wind velocity and wind statistics and basic wave motions and wave statistics<br />
Estimate the hydrostatic / hydrodynamic effects on submerged bodies<br />
Outline wave induced motions on floating vessels and suspended submerged bodies<br />
Estimate resulting effect from combination of various loads<br />
Identify the Main Menu Hierarchy including the relevant sub-menus and utilize the information provided on<br />
relevant screens<br />
Explain the functionality of relevant screen displays and how to alternate between screens<br />
Recall the various operating- and hoisting modes for AHC cranes<br />
Explain the difference between position control- and force control modes (AHC vs. ACT modes) and outline the<br />
winch system functions in AHC and ACT modes<br />
Explain hoisting mode transitions / required conditions to enter various modes and discuss the most appropriate<br />
mode sequences in various deployment / retrieval cases<br />
Estimate the hook load capacity limits in AHC and ACT modes<br />
Explain heave compensation characteristics and outline stroke-, velocity-, acceleration- and frequency limits for<br />
the AHC and ACT modes<br />
Describe other subsea operation modes including emergency modes<br />
Apply methods learned from Crane Training Station and demonstrate the ability to change between different lifting<br />
modes<br />
Simulate the lifting and landing of loads on the seabed with AHC and ACT<br />
Demonstrate ability to recognize the equipment’s components and sub systems<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 149
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Select hoisting strategies / subsea modes for various deployment / retrieval cases<br />
Resolve sea lift specifications (ship to ship) by using a de-rating table<br />
Compute subsea operation crane loads / -effects based on given input<br />
Predict durations of load object lowering and empty hook hoisting for given water depth<br />
Determine weather limits for a given subsea deployment case<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />
During the course, participants will obtain sufficient knowledge to plan a safe and efficient execution of a sub-sea<br />
lifting operation with AHC Sub-Sea Offshore Crane. They will gain a better understanding of AHC crane operation by<br />
learning about Active Heave Compensation / Constant Tension in general, the equipment’s system design, the<br />
design principles and the safety systems and features of offshore cranes. This also includes learning how to read-,<br />
interpret- and apply load charts and graphs and learning about the basic design principles of AHC winch systems. In<br />
addition, participants will gain knowledge on how environmental factors influence submerged objects. Learners will<br />
also be trained in the utilization of operator displays and screens and learn about the different lifting modes and AHC/<br />
ACT characteristics and limitations.<br />
COURSE CONTENT<br />
Subject 1.0 General <strong>Course</strong> Introduction<br />
Subject 1.1 AHC Introduction<br />
Subject 1.2 Technical Description<br />
Subject 1.3 Safety Philosophy and Safety Systems<br />
Subject 1.4 Loads and Load Charts<br />
Subject 1.5 Hoisting Winch<br />
Subject 1.6 Offshore Environment<br />
Subject 1.7 Operator Displays and Screens<br />
Subject 1.8 Lifting Modes<br />
Subject 1.9 Heave Compensation Limits<br />
Subject 1.10 Training Station and Factory Visit<br />
Subject 1.11 Group Project/ Submittal and presentation of Final Group Project<br />
Upon course completion, all students attending the NOV AHC Subsea Crane Performance <strong>Course</strong><br />
will submit a group project. Prior to submitting, each group (3 to 5 persons) is asked to perform a<br />
presentation to the rest of their tutorial group, describing the main elements of their proposal.<br />
Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training<br />
1. NOV Active Heave Compensation (AHC) Crane Training Station<br />
2. Field Trip – NOV Workshop and Test Facility (Drilling Equipment and AHC Cranes)<br />
Our hands-on training offerings will further enhance the level of theoretical knowledge and transfer<br />
this knowledge into practical skills.<br />
PREREQUISITES<br />
It is highly recommended that course participants hold the following educational backgrounds or technical<br />
experience/skills:<br />
A Bachelor’s/ Master’s Degree (or other relevant education) in mechanical- / structural- / marine engineering.<br />
Technicians / Ship Officers / Crane Operators experienced in offshore construction.<br />
Companies are encouraged to compose and send teams with varied relevant backgrounds and functions to the<br />
course. A synergy effect of this will be that the group members can benefit from each other’s knowledge and<br />
experience.<br />
OFFERINGS<br />
These courses are available upon request in Kristiansand, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />
<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 150
APPENDIX A<br />
WORLDWIDE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR TRAINING COURSES<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
1. Acceptance<br />
Orders or other requests, whether oral or written, for the provision of training courses (“Training <strong>Course</strong>s”) to be<br />
provided by Seller or any of its affiliates, subsidiaries, or divisions (“Seller”) to its customers (each a “Buyer”) are<br />
subject to Seller’s written acceptance by an authorized representative of Seller and any orders so accepted will<br />
be governed by these Terms and Conditions for the provision of Training <strong>Course</strong>s. Buyer’s submission of a<br />
purchase order or other similar document (“Purchase Order”) shall be deemed to be an express acceptance of<br />
these Terms and Conditions notwithstanding any language in Buyer’s Purchase Order inconsistent herewith, and<br />
any inconsistent language in Buyer’s Purchase Order is hereby rejected. These Terms and Conditions constitute<br />
the full and complete agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes<br />
any previous or contemporaneous agreements, understandings or communications, whether written or oral,<br />
relating to such subject matter.<br />
2. Prices<br />
Prices shall be as stated in the invoice or other similar document (“Invoice”). An initial preparation fee on the<br />
amount agreed (“Initial Preparation Fee”) may be fully charged after acceptance of the Purchase Order. The fee<br />
for Training <strong>Course</strong>s includes 1) training material, 2) handouts, 3) administration, and 4) course certificate. The<br />
fee for Training <strong>Course</strong>s does not include: 1) expenses related to any travel to Buyer’s locations for project<br />
meetings necessary to carry out the Training <strong>Course</strong>s, and 2) expenses related to the travel of training<br />
instructors to/from other locations, including, but not limited to, day rate, airline tickets, lodging, local<br />
transportation and visa application. Buyer shall be responsible for all taxes, whether foreign or domestic,<br />
applicable to the Training <strong>Course</strong>s provided under these Terms and Conditions. Neither party is responsible for<br />
taxes on the other party’s income.<br />
3. Payment<br />
The Initial Preparation Fee shall be paid only once per course package. The fee for Training <strong>Course</strong>s will be fully<br />
invoiced on a monthly basis, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties. Payment shall be made within<br />
30 (thirty) days from the receipt of the Invoice by Buyer or prior to the first date of class, whichever is earlier,<br />
except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties. Unless otherwise stated, all payments are due in the<br />
currency specified in the Invoice. Interest shall be due from Buyer to Seller on overdue accounts at the maximum<br />
rate allowed by the applicable law. Seller shall be entitled to recover all reasonable attorney’s fees and other<br />
costs incurred in the collections of overdue accounts.<br />
4. Cancellation and Rescheduling Fees<br />
(I) Product Line <strong>Course</strong>s:<br />
If Training <strong>Course</strong>s are cancelled by Buyer less than thirty (30) days before the scheduled course date, Buyer<br />
will be charged one hundred percent (100%) of the fee for the Training <strong>Course</strong>s, plus the Initial Preparation Fee<br />
(if applicable). If Buyer reschedules the Training <strong>Course</strong>s within thirty (30) days before the original scheduled<br />
course date, Buyer will be charged one hundred percent (100%) of the fee for the Training <strong>Course</strong>s, plus the<br />
Initial Preparation Fee (if applicable) and will be given a fifty percent (50%) credit to apply towards the next<br />
Invoice upon completion of the rescheduled Training <strong>Course</strong>. Delivery of the rescheduled Training <strong>Course</strong> must<br />
fall within ninety (90) days of the original course date.<br />
(II) Rig Specific Training <strong>Course</strong>s:<br />
If Training <strong>Course</strong>s are cancelled by Buyer less than forty five (45) days before the scheduled course date, Buyer<br />
will be charged one hundred percent (100%) of the fee for the Training <strong>Course</strong>s, plus the initial Preparation<br />
Fee. If Buyer reschedules the Training <strong>Course</strong>s within forty-five (45) days before the original scheduled course<br />
date, Buyer will be charged one hundred percent (100%) of the fee for the Training <strong>Course</strong>s, plus the Initial<br />
Preparation Fee and will be given a seventy percent (70%) credit to apply towards the next Invoice upon<br />
completion of the rescheduled Training <strong>Course</strong>. Delivery of the rescheduled Training <strong>Course</strong> must fall within one<br />
hundred-eighty (180) days of the original course date.<br />
(III) General<br />
When rescheduling planned Training <strong>Course</strong>s, Seller and Buyer will cooperate in finding new dates.<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 151
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
Seller has instituted a “no show” charge for all classes that Buyer does not attend and that are not cancelled or<br />
rescheduled by Buyer. In case of “no show”, Buyer will be invoiced one-hundred percent (100%) of the fee for<br />
the Training <strong>Course</strong>s plus the Initial Preparation Fee (if applicable).<br />
5. Training <strong>Course</strong>s outside of Seller’s premises<br />
In the event Seller provides Training <strong>Course</strong>s outside of Seller’s premises, the training instructors are charged at<br />
a day rate made available by Seller to Buyer and such rate applies for a 12 (twelve) hours work day. Additional<br />
work must first be approved by Buyer’s representative and will be billed at a prorated rate plus 50% (fifty<br />
percent). In no case Seller’s personnel can work more than 16 (sixteen) hours (or the limited prescribed by the<br />
local labor law, whichever is lesser) without receiving a minimum of 8 (eight) hours of rest. Where the situation<br />
requires continuous coverage from Seller’s personnel (24 (twenty four) hours per day) a minimum of 2 (two)<br />
personnel should be utilized for both safety and efficiency reasons.<br />
Seller agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Buyer harmless from any and all damages, claims, liability,<br />
demands and causes of action arising out of, or in any manner connected with the presence of Seller on Buyer’s<br />
facilities if such damage, claim, liability or cause of action was caused by Seller’s sole negligence.<br />
The indemnities in this Section 5 shall be in addition to any other indemnity obligations between Seller and<br />
Buyer, including any other indemnity obligations contained in these Terms and Conditions.<br />
6. Use of Seller’s premises<br />
In the event the Training <strong>Course</strong>s are held on Seller’s premises, Buyer agrees to follow all safety and/or other<br />
rules and regulations that may be required by Seller. Failure to abide by these rules and/or regulations will be<br />
cause for immediate removal of Buyer personnel from Seller’s premises. Further, Buyer agrees to immediately<br />
remove from Seller’s premises any employee, agent, contractor or the like upon Seller’s request for any reason<br />
at Seller’s sole discretion. Seller shall have and expressly reserves the right to refuse the admission of any<br />
substance, material or equipment on Seller’s premises.<br />
Buyer agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Seller harmless from any and all damages, claims, liability,<br />
demands and causes of action arising out of, or in any manner connected with the presence of Buyer on Seller’s<br />
premises, except if such damage, claim, liability or cause of action was caused by Seller’s sole negligence.<br />
Buyer further agrees that it shall be totally responsible for any and all waste and/or hazardous substances<br />
introduced onto Seller’s premises by Buyer and shall perform all clean-up and removal of such substances. In<br />
the event Buyer does not perform such clean-up and/or removal, Buyer shall indemnify Seller for all losses,<br />
damages, claims, demands, costs, charges, and other expenses, including attorneys’ fees, as well as experts<br />
and consultant fees, incurred by Seller related to such clean-up and/or removal.<br />
The indemnities in this Section 6 shall be in addition to any other indemnity obligations between Seller and<br />
Buyer, including any other indemnity obligations contained in these Terms and Conditions.<br />
7. Training Materials<br />
Training materials, as further defined by Seller in a case by case basis, are for training purposes only. It is<br />
understood that the training materials contain good faith opinions that are not to be construed as warranties or<br />
guarantees, express or implied, of accuracy or completeness, merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.<br />
Nothing contained in the training materials is to be considered as the rendering of professional advice, or to take<br />
the place of either the written law or regulations. Seller will not be responsible for any results obtained from the<br />
use of the training materials and shall not be liable for any direct, indirect, and/ or consequential damages.<br />
8. Intellectual Property<br />
All drawings, data, designs, written technical information, software, device, substance, article, machine, tool and<br />
all other materials, excepting training materials, which are supplied by Seller to Buyer or which are invented by<br />
Seller as a result of the Training <strong>Course</strong>s shall remain the property of Seller and shall be returned to Seller upon<br />
termination of the Training <strong>Course</strong>s. Buyer agrees that it will not use or allow the use of any technology or knowhow<br />
supplied by Seller or otherwise obtained by Buyer under these Terms and Conditions, or to replicate Seller’s<br />
equipment, and Buyer agrees that it will not attempt to analyze, reverse-engineer, or otherwise ascertain the<br />
composition or manufacture of Seller’s products. The provisions in this Section 8 shall survive termination of the<br />
Training <strong>Course</strong>s.<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 152
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
9. Confidentiality<br />
Buyer agrees to keep confidential any and all Seller’s proprietary and confidential information observed by Buyer<br />
personnel or otherwise acquired under these Terms and Conditions, whether patentable, copyrightable, or not,<br />
including, but not limited to, the information contained in the training materials. Buyer may, however, disclose<br />
such confidential information to its personnel who need to know same, for purposes consistent herewith,<br />
provided it shall have informed such personnel of the confidential nature of such information and direct such<br />
personnel not to disclose such confidential information. Buyer acknowledges that Seller’s ownership of,<br />
development of, and protection of its proprietary and confidential information is an integral part of Seller’s<br />
business.<br />
Information provided by Seller for purposes hereof shall not be deemed confidential information and the<br />
obligations of Buyer under these Terms and Conditions shall not apply when such information:<br />
a. is already known by Buyer, unless previously supplied by Seller;<br />
b. is or becomes in the public domain through no wrongful act of Buyer;<br />
c. is rightly received from a third party not under a confidentiality obligation to Seller;<br />
d. is required to be disclosed pursuant to requirements of a governmental agency or by operation of<br />
law; or<br />
e. is approved for release by written authorization to Buyer from Seller.<br />
The burden of proof that any information falls within the provisions of this paragraph lies with the party relying on<br />
this paragraph.<br />
Buyer expressly acknowledges and agrees that, in the event of any breach of these Terms and Conditions by<br />
Buyer or its personnel, Seller will be entitled to equitable relief, including without limitation, injunction and specific<br />
performance against Buyer, in addition to all other remedies available to Seller in law and/or in equity. In that<br />
event, Buyer agrees to reimburse Seller all costs and expenses incurred by Seller, including, without limitation,<br />
attorney’s fees and court costs in connection with such equitable relief or any other such remedy provided in law<br />
or in equity. The provisions in this Section 9 shall survive termination of the Training <strong>Course</strong>s.<br />
10. Indemnity<br />
Except to the extent provided in Sections 5 and 6, Seller agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless<br />
Buyer, its officers, directors, employees or their invitees, from and against all claims, demands, and causes of<br />
action of every kind and character without limit and without regard to the cause or causes thereof or the<br />
negligence or fault (active or passive) of any party or parties including the sole, joint or concurrent negligence of<br />
Buyer, any theory of strict liability and defect of premises (whether or not preexisting the date of the Training<br />
<strong>Course</strong>s) arising in connection herewith in favor of Seller, Seller’s employees, Seller’s contractors or their<br />
employees, or Seller’s invitees on account of bodily injury, death or damage to property.<br />
Except to the extent provided in Sections 5 and 6, Buyer agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless<br />
Seller, its officers, directors and employees or their invitees, from and against all claims, demands, and causes of<br />
action of every kind and character without limit and without regard to the cause or causes thereof or the<br />
negligence or fault (active or passive) of any party or parties including the sole, joint or concurrent negligence of<br />
Seller, any theory of strict liability, any professional liability, and defect of premises (whether or not preexisting<br />
the date of the Training Services), arising in connection herewith in favor of Buyer, Buyer’s employees, or<br />
Buyer’s invitees on account of bodily injury, death or damage to property.<br />
Both parties further agree to comply with and abide by, all of the applicable laws and all rules and regulations<br />
now existing or that may be hereafter promulgated under and in accordance with any such law or laws, and<br />
hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, or damages<br />
incurred by such party arising from the failure to comply with all such laws and governmental regulations.<br />
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, NEITHER PARTY<br />
SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT<br />
NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PRODUCTION, LOSS OF PROFITS, OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION,<br />
HOWSOEVER CAUSED AND EVEN IF DUE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF EITHER PARTY.<br />
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Seller’s total liability for all claims,<br />
damages, causes of action, demands, judgments, fines, penalties, awards, losses, costs and expenses<br />
(including attorney’s fees and cost of litigation) shall be limited to and shall not exceed the value of the fees paid<br />
by Buyer for the Training <strong>Course</strong>s.<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 153
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
11. Insurance<br />
Buyer shall maintain the following minimum insurance with insurers with AM Best Rating of A- or better :<br />
TYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS<br />
Workers’ Compensation Statutory limits<br />
Employer’s Liability<br />
Each accident or occurrence $1,000,000<br />
Disease-Policy limit $1,000,000<br />
Disease-Each employee $1,000,000<br />
Commercial General Liability<br />
General aggregate $2,000,000<br />
Products/completed operations aggregate $1,000,000<br />
Each occurrence $1,000,000<br />
Fire damage $50,000<br />
Business Automobile Liability<br />
Combined single limit $1,000,000<br />
Excess Liability<br />
Combined single limit $5,000,000<br />
Property Insurance 100% of insurable value<br />
Each of the policies specified above shall be endorsed to waive any rights of subrogation against Seller. Each<br />
policy, except Worker’s Compensation, shall be endorsed to name Seller as an additional insured. Buyer agrees<br />
to furnish Seller a Certificate of Insurance evidencing coverage, and shall not materially change or cancel any<br />
coverage without providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to Seller. All insurance policies required herein<br />
shall be “per occurrence” policies, and not “claims made” policies. The insurance requirements of these Terms<br />
and Conditions shall be separate and distinct from the indemnity obligations set forth in these Terms and<br />
Conditions.<br />
12. Governing Law<br />
For Training <strong>Course</strong>s to be provided by Seller in the United States, these Terms and Conditions shall be<br />
governed by and interpreted in accordance with Texas law, excluding conflicts and choice of law principles, and<br />
any action to be brought in respect thereof shall be brought in the courts of Harris County, Texas. For Training<br />
<strong>Course</strong>s to be provided by Seller in all other locations outside the United States, these Term and Conditions shall<br />
be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law, excluding conflicts and choice of law principles,<br />
and any disputes arising out of or in connection with these Terms and Conditions shall be finally settled under<br />
the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in<br />
accordance with said rules. Arbitration shall be held in London, England and shall be conducted in the English<br />
language.<br />
13. Force Majeure<br />
Except for the duty to make payments hereunder when due, and the indemnification provisions under these<br />
Terms and Conditions, neither Seller nor Buyer shall be responsible to the other for any delay, damage or failure<br />
caused by or occasioned by a Force Majeure Event. As used in these Terms and Conditions, “Force Majeure<br />
Event” includes, but is not limited to: acts of God, action of the elements, warlike action, insurrection, revolution<br />
or civil strife, piracy, civil war or hostile action, strikes, differences with workers, acts of public enemies, federal or<br />
state laws, rules and regulations of any governmental authorities having jurisdiction in the premises or of any<br />
other group, organization or informal association (whether or not formally recognized as a government); inability<br />
to procure material, equipment or necessary labor in the open market, acute and unusual labor or material or<br />
equipment shortages, or any other causes (except financial) beyond the control of either party. Delays due to<br />
the above causes, or any of them, shall not be deemed to be a breach of or failure to perform. Neither Seller nor<br />
Buyer shall be required against its will to adjust any labor or similar disputes except in accordance with<br />
applicable law. If performance is so delayed or prevented for more than ninety (90) days, either party may<br />
immediately terminate the Training <strong>Course</strong>s by written notice.<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 154
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
14. Independent Contractor<br />
It is expressly understood that Seller is an independent contractor, and that neither Seller nor its principle,<br />
partners, employees or subcontractors are servants, agents or employees of Buyer. In all cases where Seller’s<br />
employees (defined to include Seller’s and its subcontractors, direct, borrowed, special, or statutory employees)<br />
are covered by the Louisiana Worker’s Compensation Act. La. R.S. 23:102 et seg., Seller and Buyer agreed that<br />
all Training <strong>Course</strong>s provided by Seller and Seller’s employees pursuant to this Agreement are an integral part of<br />
and are essential to the ability of Buyer to generate Buyer’s goods, products, and services for the purpose of La.<br />
R.S. 23:106(A) (1). Furthermore, Seller and Buyer agree that Buyer is the statutory employer of all of Seller’s<br />
employees for the purpose of La. R.S. 23:1061(A) (3).<br />
15. Export Compliance<br />
In connection with the administration and receipt of the Training <strong>Course</strong>s and training materials, Buyer and Seller<br />
shall comply with applicable U.S. and local laws and regulations related to export controls and economic<br />
sanctions, including without limitation the U.S. Export Administration Regulations and those regulations<br />
administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. Seller reserves the right to<br />
withhold or modify the Training <strong>Course</strong>s and training materials in such manner as it deems appropriate in its sole<br />
discretion to ensure compliance with applicable law, including without limitation editing or limiting the distribution<br />
of training materials, declining to provide the Training <strong>Course</strong>s to particular entities or in particular locations, or<br />
excluding Training <strong>Course</strong>s participants. Buyer shall cooperate with Seller in providing such information as<br />
reasonably required by Seller to make such compliance determinations. Buyer understands that its failure to<br />
provide such information may affect Seller’s compliance determination and result in the modification or<br />
withholding of training. Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, neither Seller nor Buyer shall take<br />
(or be required to take) or refrain from taking any action that is prohibited or penalized under applicable U.S. or<br />
local law.<br />
16. Default<br />
In the event that either party fails to perform any material provision of these Terms and Conditions, or breaches<br />
any material term hereof, or becomes insolvent, or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or is<br />
adjudicated bankrupt or suffers a receiver to be appointed to its business, or makes a material liquidation of its<br />
assets, or ceases to do business or to exist, the non-defaulting party has the right, after following the steps in<br />
paragraph below, to terminate these Terms and Conditions.<br />
In the event of a default as set forth above, the non-defaulting party shall give ten (10) days notice to the<br />
defaulting party specifying the nature of the default. If the defaulting party has not commenced to cure the<br />
default after seven (7) days, the other party may immediately terminate the agreement, and the defaulting party<br />
is bound to reimburse the non-defaulting party for any direct loss or damage sustained there from; provided<br />
however, that the Buyer shall only have five (5) days to cure any failure to timely pay any amounts due<br />
hereunder.<br />
In the event the defaulting party is the Buyer, Seller will have the right to retain the Initial Preparation Fee and<br />
further be reimbursed by Buyer for any additional costs incurred at that point of time.<br />
17. General<br />
Failure of Buyer or Seller to enforce any of the terms and conditions herein shall not prevent a subsequent<br />
enforcement of such terms and conditions or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach. Should any<br />
provisions of these Terms and Conditions, or portion thereof, be unenforceable or in conflict with governing<br />
country, state, province, or local laws, then the validity of the remaining provisions, and portions thereof, shall not<br />
be affected by such unenforceability or conflict. Buyer acknowledges that it has not relied on any<br />
representations other than those contained in these Terms and Conditions. These Terms and Conditions shall<br />
only be amended by an agreement executed by an authorized representative of each party.<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 155
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 156
APPENDIX B<br />
HOUSTON FACILITY MAP<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
<strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> Technical College and Training Solutions<br />
5200 North Sam Houston Parkway West, Suite 100<br />
Houston, Texas 77086<br />
(281) 943-5800<br />
From either direction on Sam Houston Parkway Toll Way, exit Bammel N. Houston. The NOV facility is located on the<br />
west bound feeder side of the toll way. Students may park in the lot directly in front of facility.<br />
MAP IS NOT DRAWN TO SCALE<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 157
HOUSTON HOTEL MAP<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
MAP IS NOT DRAWN TO SCALE<br />
Training Facility - 5200 North Sam Houston Parkway West, Houston, TX 77086, (281) 943-5800<br />
1. Comfort Suites – 1350 N. Sam Houston Parkway East, Houston, TX 77032 (281)219-0400<br />
2. Courtyard Marriot Houston NW - 11050 Louetta Road, Houston, TX, 77070 (281) 374-6464<br />
3. Hilton Garden Inn - 7979 Willow Chase Blvd., Houston, TX, 77070 (832)912-1000<br />
4. Hilton Houston North – 12400 Greenspoint Drive, Houston, TX, 77060 (281)875-2222<br />
5. Holiday Inn Express – 4434 FM 1960 Road W. Houston, TX, 77068 (281)866-0500<br />
6. Holiday Inn Express & Suites - 9120 West Road, Houston, TX, 77064 (713) 896-4444<br />
7. Houston Marriott North - 225 N. Sam Houston Parkway East, Houston, TX, 77060 (281)875-4000<br />
8. Hyatt Place Bush Intercontinental Airport - 300 Ronan Park Place, Houston, TX, 77060 (281) 820- 6060<br />
9. Hyatt North Houston – 425 N Sam Houston Parkway E, Houston, TX, 77060 (281)445-9000<br />
10. Park Inn by Radsion – 500 N Sam Houston Parkway E, Houston, TX, 77060 (281)931-0101<br />
11. Residence Inn Marriot Willowbrook - 7311 W. Greens Road, Houston, TX, 77064 (832) 237-2002<br />
12. Springhill Suites by Marriott Intercontinental Airport - 15840 JFK Blvd., Houston, TX, 77032 (281) 442-2275<br />
13. Staybridge Suites Willowbrook - 10750 N. Gessner Road, Houston, TX, 77064, (281) 807-3700<br />
14. Town Place by Marriot Suites Houston NW - 11040 Louetta Road, Houston, TX, 77070 (281) 374-6767<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 158
HOUSTON HOTEL REFERENCES<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
When making reservations, mention <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> Training and a discounted rate should be offered.<br />
NOTE: All rates shown are subject to change without prior notification<br />
<br />
Express Shuttle USA (713) 523-8888 trips must be purchased at airports.<br />
HOTEL DESCRIPTION<br />
Comfort Suites $79<br />
1350 N. Sam Houston Parkway East<br />
Houston, Texas 77032<br />
Phone: (281) 219-0400<br />
Fax: (281) 219-0401<br />
Website: www.comfortsuites.com/Houston<br />
Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
Technical College Training Facility<br />
Courtyard Marriot Houston Northwest $139<br />
11050 Louetta Road<br />
Houston, Texas 77070<br />
Phone: (281) 374-6464<br />
Fax: (281)374-6161<br />
Toll Free: 1 (888)703-0392<br />
Website: www.marriott.com/HOUNW<br />
Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
Technical College Training Facility<br />
Hilton Garden Inn $99-$129<br />
7979 Willow Chase Blvd<br />
Houston, Texas 77070<br />
Phone: (832) 912-1000<br />
Fax: (832) 912-1025<br />
Website:<br />
www.hiltongardeninn.com<br />
www.houstonnorthwest.gardeninn.com<br />
Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
Technical College Training Facility<br />
9 miles from NOV Tech College<br />
Complimentary Wi-Fi<br />
Free Local Calls<br />
Exercise Room<br />
Free Full Breakfast<br />
5 miles from NOV Technical College<br />
King or Double Bedded Queen room<br />
Free high speed Internet access/wired and wireless/<br />
Wi-Fi<br />
Starbuck’s Coffee available in the lobby<br />
Bistro - Eat. Drink. Connect.® available for breakfast<br />
and dinner with a bar and lounge for social gatherings<br />
Marriott Rewards® Program<br />
3.5 miles from NOV Technical College<br />
Complimentary breakfast, high-speed wireless<br />
internet, use of Lifetime Fitness<br />
Room includes refrigerator, microwave, coffee pot<br />
Full service restaurant with room service<br />
Two major restaurants within walking distance<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 159
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
HOTEL DESCRIPTION<br />
Hilton Houston North $104+<br />
12400 Greenspoint Drive<br />
Houston, Texas 77060<br />
Phone: (281) 875-2222<br />
Website:<br />
http://www3.hilton.com/en/hotels/texas/hilto<br />
n-houston-north-HOUGPHF/index.html<br />
Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />
Intercontinental Airport<br />
Holiday Inn Express $99<br />
4434 FM 1960 Road W.<br />
Houston, Texas 77068<br />
Phone: (281) 866-0500<br />
Fax: (281) 266-0599<br />
Website: www.hiexpress.com<br />
Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />
Intercontinental Airport<br />
Holiday Inn Express & Suites<br />
9120 West Road<br />
Houston , Texas 77064<br />
Phone: (713) 896-4444<br />
Fax: (713)-896-4474<br />
Website: www.hiexpress.com/bw8westroad<br />
6.9 miles from the NOV Tech College<br />
Double or Single Occupancy Available<br />
Health Club<br />
Indoor Pool<br />
Guest Laundry<br />
Complimentary Wi-Fi<br />
4 miles from NOV Tech College<br />
Complimentary Shuttle Available<br />
Complimentary Express Start Hot Buffet Breakfast<br />
24 hour Fitness Center<br />
Sparking Pool with Seating Area and available BBQ Pit<br />
On Site Washer/Dryer and Valet Dry Cleaning (Same<br />
Day Service Available)<br />
Free Car Wash<br />
Social Hour (Three Times per week Including<br />
Complimentary Appetizers, Beer, Wine and Soft<br />
Drinks)<br />
Microwave and refrigerator in all rooms<br />
Complimentary Wi-Fi<br />
Free Local Calls<br />
5 miles from NOV Technical College<br />
Hot Buffet Breakfast 7 days a week<br />
Cable / Satellite TV including 37 inch flat screen,<br />
coffee maker, microwave, mini refrigerators in every<br />
room<br />
Outdoor Pool and Jacuzzi<br />
Fitness Center<br />
Complimentary high speed internet, wireless and<br />
wired in rooms and public areas<br />
Complimentary 24 hour Business Center<br />
Coin Operated Laundry Facility<br />
All rooms non-smoking<br />
USA Today daily<br />
Coffee & Tea served 24 hours<br />
Complimentary 800 and local calls<br />
Self Parking<br />
Priority Club Rewards<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 160
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
HOTEL DESCRIPTION<br />
Houston Marriott North $104+<br />
225 N. Sam Houston Parkway East<br />
Houston, Texas 77060<br />
Phone: ((281) 875-4000<br />
Phone: 1 (800) 228-9290<br />
Fax: (281) 975-6208<br />
Website:<br />
http://www.marriott.com/hotels/travel/hougphouston-marriott-north/<br />
Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />
Intercontinental Airport<br />
Hyatt Place Bush Intercontinental Airport $99<br />
300 Ronan Park Place<br />
Houston, Texas 77060<br />
Phone: (281) 820-6060<br />
Fax: (281) 820-6464<br />
Website:<br />
www.houston.com/hyatt-place-airport<br />
Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />
Intercontinental Airport<br />
Hyatt North Houston $105<br />
425 N Sam Houston Parkway E<br />
Houston, Texas 77060<br />
Phone: (281) 445-9000<br />
Fax: (281) 445-0629<br />
Website: www.cpnorthhouston.com<br />
Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />
Intercontinental Airport<br />
Park Inn by Radsion $79<br />
500 N. Sam Houston Parkway East<br />
Houston, Texas 77060<br />
Phone: (281) 931-0101<br />
Fax: (281) 931-3523<br />
Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />
Intercontinental Airport<br />
9.2 miles from NOV Tech College<br />
Single or Double Occupancy Available<br />
Health Club<br />
Indoor Pool<br />
Guest Laundry<br />
Complimentary Wi-Fi<br />
7.36 miles from NOV Technical College<br />
Complimentary Continental Breakfast<br />
Every room is an over-sized suite<br />
Complimentary high-speed internet access in<br />
guestroom and public space<br />
Free incoming faxes<br />
Free 800 and local calling<br />
Complimentary use of 24-Hour business center<br />
On-site fitness center<br />
Heated outdoor swimming pool<br />
Mini refrigerators and in-room coffee/tea service in all<br />
rooms<br />
Food & Beverage served 24 hours a day; including<br />
Starbucks Coffee<br />
7 miles from NOV Technical College<br />
Complimentary self-parking<br />
Complimentary full American breakfast each morning<br />
in the restaurant<br />
State-of -the-art fitness center<br />
Self laundry coined operated facility<br />
9.2 miles from NOV Tech College<br />
Onsite Lounge and Restaurant<br />
Microwave and Refrigerator available upon request<br />
Complimentary Wi-Fi<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 161
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
HOTEL DESCRIPTION<br />
Residence Inn Marriott Willowbrook $99-$129<br />
7311 W Greens Road<br />
Houston, Texas 77064<br />
Phone: (832) 237-2002<br />
Phone: 1 (800) 331-3131<br />
Fax: (832) 237-2003<br />
Website: www.Marriott.com<br />
www.residenceinn.com/houbk<br />
Springhill Suites by Marriott $89-$109<br />
Intercontinental Airport<br />
15840 John F. Kennedy Blvd.<br />
Houston, Texas 77032<br />
Phone: (281) 442-2275<br />
Website:<br />
www.SpringHillSuitesHoustonAirport.com<br />
Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />
Intercontinental Airport<br />
Staybridge Suites Willowbrook $99-$135<br />
10750 N. Gessner Road<br />
Houston, Texas 77064<br />
Phone: (281) 807-3700<br />
Phone: 1 (800) 238-8000<br />
Fax: (281) 807-3730<br />
Website: www.Staybridge.com/Willowbrook<br />
Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
Technical College Training Facility<br />
Towne Place by Marriott Suites Houston NW<br />
11040 Louetta Road $79-159<br />
Houston, Texas 77070<br />
Phone: (281) 374-6767<br />
Fax: (281) 374-6363<br />
Website: www.marriott.com/HOUTN<br />
Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />
Technical College Training Facility<br />
3 miles from NOV Technical College<br />
All rooms are 100% non-smoking<br />
Complimentary hot breakfast buffet<br />
Complimentary WI-FI<br />
Heated Indoor Pool and Whirlpool<br />
Exercise room<br />
Complimentary light dinner Monday - Thursday<br />
Wi-Fi and HBO<br />
12 miles from NOV Technical College<br />
Shuttle can also provide transportation to and from<br />
NOV Training facility<br />
Shuttle to and from Airport (running 24 hours a day/7<br />
days a week)<br />
Hotel is 100% non-smoking, complimentary hot buffet<br />
breakfast served daily, patio with soothing water<br />
feature fountains, state-of-the-art exercise room,<br />
heated outdoor salt-water pool, Escape Bar/Lounge<br />
open daily from 5-11pm for dinner and drinks.<br />
3.5 miles from NOV Technical College<br />
Complimentary hot breakfast buffet<br />
Wi-Fi and Ethernet internet connections<br />
Guest laundry facility<br />
State of the art fitness facility<br />
All suites property with fully equipped kitchens with full<br />
size refrigerators with ice makers<br />
Video library at the front desk (DVD players in every<br />
suite)<br />
Adjacent to the Heron Lakes 18 hole golf course with<br />
discounted green fees for hotel guests<br />
5 miles from NOV Technical College<br />
Shuttle available to/from NOV Technical College<br />
50% larger than the average hotel room w/ 500sq. ft.<br />
of living space<br />
Free high speed Internet access - wired & wireless<br />
Fully equipped kitchens to maintain your lifestyle<br />
Newly renovated with granite counter tops and<br />
stainless steel appliances<br />
Complementary Hot Breakfast Buffet daily<br />
Manager’s Social Tue & Wed with light dinner and free<br />
beer and wine<br />
Marriott Rewards® Program<br />
Complimentary breakfast<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 162
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 163
APPENDIX C<br />
MACAÉ, BRAZIL FACILITY MAP<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 164
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 165
APPENDIX D<br />
SINGAPORE, SOUTHEAST ASIA<br />
29 Tuas Bay Drive<br />
Singapore 637429<br />
Phone: +65 6594 1000<br />
Fax: +65 6795 5514<br />
Email: training.singapore@nov.com<br />
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 166
January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />
2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 167